summaryrefslogtreecommitdiffstats
path: root/docs/grub.info-1
blob: 8a857f5793a6cf2472e639de30fa527126c8fbcd (plain)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
2220
2221
2222
2223
2224
2225
2226
2227
2228
2229
2230
2231
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
2261
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
2273
2274
2275
2276
2277
2278
2279
2280
2281
2282
2283
2284
2285
2286
2287
2288
2289
2290
2291
2292
2293
2294
2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
2318
2319
2320
2321
2322
2323
2324
2325
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2373
2374
2375
2376
2377
2378
2379
2380
2381
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
2418
2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426
2427
2428
2429
2430
2431
2432
2433
2434
2435
2436
2437
2438
2439
2440
2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452
2453
2454
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
2460
2461
2462
2463
2464
2465
2466
2467
2468
2469
2470
2471
2472
2473
2474
2475
2476
2477
2478
2479
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513
2514
2515
2516
2517
2518
2519
2520
2521
2522
2523
2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754
2755
2756
2757
2758
2759
2760
2761
2762
2763
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
2815
2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2821
2822
2823
2824
2825
2826
2827
2828
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955
2956
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
2981
2982
2983
2984
2985
2986
2987
2988
2989
2990
2991
2992
2993
2994
2995
2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017
3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
3025
3026
3027
3028
3029
3030
3031
3032
3033
3034
3035
3036
3037
3038
3039
3040
3041
3042
3043
3044
3045
3046
3047
3048
3049
3050
3051
3052
3053
3054
3055
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
3094
3095
3096
3097
3098
3099
3100
3101
3102
3103
3104
3105
3106
3107
3108
3109
3110
3111
3112
3113
3114
3115
3116
3117
3118
3119
3120
3121
3122
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
3165
3166
3167
3168
3169
3170
3171
3172
3173
3174
3175
3176
3177
3178
3179
3180
3181
3182
3183
3184
3185
3186
3187
3188
3189
3190
3191
3192
3193
3194
3195
3196
3197
3198
3199
3200
3201
3202
3203
3204
3205
3206
3207
3208
3209
3210
3211
3212
3213
3214
3215
3216
3217
3218
3219
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231
3232
3233
3234
3235
3236
3237
3238
3239
3240
3241
3242
3243
3244
3245
3246
3247
3248
3249
3250
3251
3252
3253
3254
3255
3256
3257
3258
3259
3260
3261
3262
3263
3264
3265
3266
3267
3268
3269
3270
3271
3272
3273
3274
3275
3276
3277
3278
3279
3280
3281
3282
3283
3284
3285
3286
3287
3288
3289
3290
3291
3292
3293
3294
3295
3296
3297
3298
3299
3300
3301
3302
3303
3304
3305
3306
3307
3308
3309
3310
3311
3312
3313
3314
3315
3316
3317
3318
3319
3320
3321
3322
3323
3324
3325
3326
3327
3328
3329
3330
3331
3332
3333
3334
3335
3336
3337
3338
3339
3340
3341
3342
3343
3344
3345
3346
3347
3348
3349
3350
3351
3352
3353
3354
3355
3356
3357
3358
3359
3360
3361
3362
3363
3364
3365
3366
3367
3368
3369
3370
3371
3372
3373
3374
3375
3376
3377
3378
3379
3380
3381
3382
3383
3384
3385
3386
3387
3388
3389
3390
3391
3392
3393
3394
3395
3396
3397
3398
3399
3400
3401
3402
3403
3404
3405
3406
3407
3408
3409
3410
3411
3412
3413
3414
3415
3416
3417
3418
3419
3420
3421
3422
3423
3424
3425
3426
3427
3428
3429
3430
3431
3432
3433
3434
3435
3436
3437
3438
3439
3440
3441
3442
3443
3444
3445
3446
3447
3448
3449
3450
3451
3452
3453
3454
3455
3456
3457
3458
3459
3460
3461
3462
3463
3464
3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477
3478
3479
3480
3481
3482
3483
3484
3485
3486
3487
3488
3489
3490
3491
3492
3493
3494
3495
3496
3497
3498
3499
3500
3501
3502
3503
3504
3505
3506
3507
3508
3509
3510
3511
3512
3513
3514
3515
3516
3517
3518
3519
3520
3521
3522
3523
3524
3525
3526
3527
3528
3529
3530
3531
3532
3533
3534
3535
3536
3537
3538
3539
3540
3541
3542
3543
3544
3545
3546
3547
3548
3549
3550
3551
3552
3553
3554
3555
3556
3557
3558
3559
3560
3561
3562
3563
3564
3565
3566
3567
3568
3569
3570
3571
3572
3573
3574
3575
3576
3577
3578
3579
3580
3581
3582
3583
3584
3585
3586
3587
3588
3589
3590
3591
3592
3593
3594
3595
3596
3597
3598
3599
3600
3601
3602
3603
3604
3605
3606
3607
3608
3609
3610
3611
3612
3613
3614
3615
3616
3617
3618
3619
3620
3621
3622
3623
3624
3625
3626
3627
3628
3629
3630
3631
3632
3633
3634
3635
3636
3637
3638
3639
3640
3641
3642
3643
3644
3645
3646
3647
3648
3649
3650
3651
3652
3653
3654
3655
3656
3657
3658
3659
3660
3661
3662
3663
3664
3665
3666
3667
3668
3669
3670
3671
3672
3673
3674
3675
3676
3677
3678
3679
3680
3681
3682
3683
3684
3685
3686
3687
3688
3689
3690
3691
3692
3693
3694
3695
3696
3697
3698
3699
3700
3701
3702
3703
3704
3705
3706
3707
3708
3709
3710
3711
3712
3713
3714
3715
3716
3717
3718
3719
3720
3721
3722
3723
3724
3725
3726
3727
3728
3729
3730
3731
3732
3733
3734
3735
3736
3737
3738
3739
3740
3741
3742
3743
3744
3745
3746
3747
3748
3749
3750
3751
3752
3753
3754
3755
3756
3757
3758
3759
3760
3761
3762
3763
3764
3765
3766
3767
3768
3769
3770
3771
3772
3773
3774
3775
3776
3777
3778
3779
3780
3781
3782
3783
3784
3785
3786
3787
3788
3789
3790
3791
3792
3793
3794
3795
3796
3797
3798
3799
3800
3801
3802
3803
3804
3805
3806
3807
3808
3809
3810
3811
3812
3813
3814
3815
3816
3817
3818
3819
3820
3821
3822
3823
3824
3825
3826
3827
3828
3829
3830
3831
3832
3833
3834
3835
3836
3837
3838
3839
3840
3841
3842
3843
3844
3845
3846
3847
3848
3849
3850
3851
3852
3853
3854
3855
3856
3857
3858
3859
3860
3861
3862
3863
3864
3865
3866
3867
3868
3869
3870
3871
3872
3873
3874
3875
3876
3877
3878
3879
3880
3881
3882
3883
3884
3885
3886
3887
3888
3889
3890
3891
3892
3893
3894
3895
3896
3897
3898
3899
3900
3901
3902
3903
3904
3905
3906
3907
3908
3909
3910
3911
3912
3913
3914
3915
3916
3917
3918
3919
3920
3921
3922
3923
3924
3925
3926
3927
3928
3929
3930
3931
3932
3933
3934
3935
3936
3937
3938
3939
3940
3941
3942
3943
3944
3945
3946
3947
3948
3949
3950
3951
3952
3953
3954
3955
3956
3957
3958
3959
3960
3961
3962
3963
3964
3965
3966
3967
3968
3969
3970
3971
3972
3973
3974
3975
3976
3977
3978
3979
3980
3981
3982
3983
3984
3985
3986
3987
3988
3989
3990
3991
3992
3993
3994
3995
3996
3997
3998
3999
4000
4001
4002
4003
4004
4005
4006
4007
4008
4009
4010
4011
4012
4013
4014
4015
4016
4017
4018
4019
4020
4021
4022
4023
4024
4025
4026
4027
4028
4029
4030
4031
4032
4033
4034
4035
4036
4037
4038
4039
4040
4041
4042
4043
4044
4045
4046
4047
4048
4049
4050
4051
4052
4053
4054
4055
4056
4057
4058
4059
4060
4061
4062
4063
4064
4065
4066
4067
4068
4069
4070
4071
4072
4073
4074
4075
4076
4077
4078
4079
4080
4081
4082
4083
4084
4085
4086
4087
4088
4089
4090
4091
4092
4093
4094
4095
4096
4097
4098
4099
4100
4101
4102
4103
4104
4105
4106
4107
4108
4109
4110
4111
4112
4113
4114
4115
4116
4117
4118
4119
4120
4121
4122
4123
4124
4125
4126
4127
4128
4129
4130
4131
4132
4133
4134
4135
4136
4137
4138
4139
4140
4141
4142
4143
4144
4145
4146
4147
4148
4149
4150
4151
4152
4153
4154
4155
4156
4157
4158
4159
4160
4161
4162
4163
4164
4165
4166
4167
4168
4169
4170
4171
4172
4173
4174
4175
4176
4177
4178
4179
4180
4181
4182
4183
4184
4185
4186
4187
4188
4189
4190
4191
4192
4193
4194
4195
4196
4197
4198
4199
4200
4201
4202
4203
4204
4205
4206
4207
4208
4209
4210
4211
4212
4213
4214
4215
4216
4217
4218
4219
4220
4221
4222
4223
4224
4225
4226
4227
4228
4229
4230
4231
4232
4233
4234
4235
4236
4237
4238
4239
4240
4241
4242
4243
4244
4245
4246
4247
4248
4249
4250
4251
4252
4253
4254
4255
4256
4257
4258
4259
4260
4261
4262
4263
4264
4265
4266
4267
4268
4269
4270
4271
4272
4273
4274
4275
4276
4277
4278
4279
4280
4281
4282
4283
4284
4285
4286
4287
4288
4289
4290
4291
4292
4293
4294
4295
4296
4297
4298
4299
4300
4301
4302
4303
4304
4305
4306
4307
4308
4309
4310
4311
4312
4313
4314
4315
4316
4317
4318
4319
4320
4321
4322
4323
4324
4325
4326
4327
4328
4329
4330
4331
4332
4333
4334
4335
4336
4337
4338
4339
4340
4341
4342
4343
4344
4345
4346
4347
4348
4349
4350
4351
4352
4353
4354
4355
4356
4357
4358
4359
4360
4361
4362
4363
4364
4365
4366
4367
4368
4369
4370
4371
4372
4373
4374
4375
4376
4377
4378
4379
4380
4381
4382
4383
4384
4385
4386
4387
4388
4389
4390
4391
4392
4393
4394
4395
4396
4397
4398
4399
4400
4401
4402
4403
4404
4405
4406
4407
4408
4409
4410
4411
4412
4413
4414
4415
4416
4417
4418
4419
4420
4421
4422
4423
4424
4425
4426
4427
4428
4429
4430
4431
4432
4433
4434
4435
4436
4437
4438
4439
4440
4441
4442
4443
4444
4445
4446
4447
4448
4449
4450
4451
4452
4453
4454
4455
4456
4457
4458
4459
4460
4461
4462
4463
4464
4465
4466
4467
4468
4469
4470
4471
4472
4473
4474
4475
4476
4477
4478
4479
4480
4481
4482
4483
4484
4485
4486
4487
4488
4489
4490
4491
4492
4493
4494
4495
4496
4497
4498
4499
4500
4501
4502
4503
4504
4505
4506
4507
4508
4509
4510
4511
4512
4513
4514
4515
4516
4517
4518
4519
4520
4521
4522
4523
4524
4525
4526
4527
4528
4529
4530
4531
4532
4533
4534
4535
4536
4537
4538
4539
4540
4541
4542
4543
4544
4545
4546
4547
4548
4549
4550
4551
4552
4553
4554
4555
4556
4557
4558
4559
4560
4561
4562
4563
4564
4565
4566
4567
4568
4569
4570
4571
4572
4573
4574
4575
4576
4577
4578
4579
4580
4581
4582
4583
4584
4585
4586
4587
4588
4589
4590
4591
4592
4593
4594
4595
4596
4597
4598
4599
4600
4601
4602
4603
4604
4605
4606
4607
4608
4609
4610
4611
4612
4613
4614
4615
4616
4617
4618
4619
4620
4621
4622
4623
4624
4625
4626
4627
4628
4629
4630
4631
4632
4633
4634
4635
4636
4637
4638
4639
4640
4641
4642
4643
4644
4645
4646
4647
4648
4649
4650
4651
4652
4653
4654
4655
4656
4657
4658
4659
4660
4661
4662
4663
4664
4665
4666
4667
4668
4669
4670
4671
4672
4673
4674
4675
4676
4677
4678
4679
4680
4681
4682
4683
4684
4685
4686
4687
4688
4689
4690
4691
4692
4693
4694
4695
4696
4697
4698
4699
4700
4701
4702
4703
4704
4705
4706
4707
4708
4709
4710
4711
4712
4713
4714
4715
4716
4717
4718
4719
4720
4721
4722
4723
4724
4725
4726
4727
4728
4729
4730
4731
4732
4733
4734
4735
4736
4737
4738
4739
4740
4741
4742
4743
4744
4745
4746
4747
4748
4749
4750
4751
4752
4753
4754
4755
4756
4757
4758
4759
4760
4761
4762
4763
4764
4765
4766
4767
4768
4769
4770
4771
4772
4773
4774
4775
4776
4777
4778
4779
4780
4781
4782
4783
4784
4785
4786
4787
4788
4789
4790
4791
4792
4793
4794
4795
4796
4797
4798
4799
4800
4801
4802
4803
4804
4805
4806
4807
4808
4809
4810
4811
4812
4813
4814
4815
4816
4817
4818
4819
4820
4821
4822
4823
4824
4825
4826
4827
4828
4829
4830
4831
4832
4833
4834
4835
4836
4837
4838
4839
4840
4841
4842
4843
4844
4845
4846
4847
4848
4849
4850
4851
4852
4853
4854
4855
4856
4857
4858
4859
4860
4861
4862
4863
4864
4865
4866
4867
4868
4869
4870
4871
4872
4873
4874
4875
4876
4877
4878
4879
4880
4881
4882
4883
4884
4885
4886
4887
4888
4889
4890
4891
4892
4893
4894
4895
4896
4897
4898
4899
4900
4901
4902
4903
4904
4905
4906
4907
4908
4909
4910
4911
4912
4913
4914
4915
4916
4917
4918
4919
4920
4921
4922
4923
4924
4925
4926
4927
4928
4929
4930
4931
4932
4933
4934
4935
4936
4937
4938
4939
4940
4941
4942
4943
4944
4945
4946
4947
4948
4949
4950
4951
4952
4953
4954
4955
4956
4957
4958
4959
4960
4961
4962
4963
4964
4965
4966
4967
4968
4969
4970
4971
4972
4973
4974
4975
4976
4977
4978
4979
4980
4981
4982
4983
4984
4985
4986
4987
4988
4989
4990
4991
4992
4993
4994
4995
4996
4997
4998
4999
5000
5001
5002
5003
5004
5005
5006
5007
5008
5009
5010
5011
5012
5013
5014
5015
5016
5017
5018
5019
5020
5021
5022
5023
5024
5025
5026
5027
5028
5029
5030
5031
5032
5033
5034
5035
5036
5037
5038
5039
5040
5041
5042
5043
5044
5045
5046
5047
5048
5049
5050
5051
5052
5053
5054
5055
5056
5057
5058
5059
5060
5061
5062
5063
5064
5065
5066
5067
5068
5069
5070
5071
5072
5073
5074
5075
5076
5077
5078
5079
5080
5081
5082
5083
5084
5085
5086
5087
5088
5089
5090
5091
5092
5093
5094
5095
5096
5097
5098
5099
5100
5101
5102
5103
5104
5105
5106
5107
5108
5109
5110
5111
5112
5113
5114
5115
5116
5117
5118
5119
5120
5121
5122
5123
5124
5125
5126
5127
5128
5129
5130
5131
5132
5133
5134
5135
5136
5137
5138
5139
5140
5141
5142
5143
5144
5145
5146
5147
5148
5149
5150
5151
5152
5153
5154
5155
5156
5157
5158
5159
5160
5161
5162
5163
5164
5165
5166
5167
5168
5169
5170
5171
5172
5173
5174
5175
5176
5177
5178
5179
5180
5181
5182
5183
5184
5185
5186
5187
5188
5189
5190
5191
5192
5193
5194
5195
5196
5197
5198
5199
5200
5201
5202
5203
5204
5205
5206
5207
5208
5209
5210
5211
5212
5213
5214
5215
5216
5217
5218
5219
5220
5221
5222
5223
5224
5225
5226
5227
5228
5229
5230
5231
5232
5233
5234
5235
5236
5237
5238
5239
5240
5241
5242
5243
5244
5245
5246
5247
5248
5249
5250
5251
5252
5253
5254
5255
5256
5257
5258
5259
5260
5261
5262
5263
5264
5265
5266
5267
5268
5269
5270
5271
5272
5273
5274
5275
5276
5277
5278
5279
5280
5281
5282
5283
5284
5285
5286
5287
5288
5289
5290
5291
5292
5293
5294
5295
5296
5297
5298
5299
5300
5301
5302
5303
5304
5305
5306
5307
5308
5309
5310
5311
5312
5313
5314
5315
5316
5317
5318
5319
5320
5321
5322
5323
5324
5325
5326
5327
5328
5329
5330
5331
5332
5333
5334
5335
5336
5337
5338
5339
5340
5341
5342
5343
5344
5345
5346
5347
5348
5349
5350
5351
5352
5353
5354
5355
5356
5357
5358
5359
5360
5361
5362
5363
5364
5365
5366
5367
5368
5369
5370
5371
5372
5373
5374
5375
5376
5377
5378
5379
5380
5381
5382
5383
5384
5385
5386
5387
5388
5389
5390
5391
5392
5393
5394
5395
5396
5397
5398
5399
5400
5401
5402
5403
5404
5405
5406
5407
5408
5409
5410
5411
5412
5413
5414
5415
5416
5417
5418
5419
5420
5421
5422
5423
5424
5425
5426
5427
5428
5429
5430
5431
5432
5433
5434
5435
5436
5437
5438
5439
5440
5441
5442
5443
5444
5445
5446
5447
5448
5449
5450
5451
5452
5453
5454
5455
5456
5457
5458
5459
5460
5461
5462
5463
5464
5465
5466
5467
5468
5469
5470
5471
5472
5473
5474
5475
5476
5477
5478
5479
5480
5481
5482
5483
5484
5485
5486
5487
5488
5489
5490
5491
5492
5493
5494
5495
5496
5497
5498
5499
5500
5501
5502
5503
5504
5505
5506
5507
5508
5509
5510
5511
5512
5513
5514
5515
5516
5517
5518
5519
5520
5521
5522
5523
5524
5525
5526
5527
5528
5529
5530
5531
5532
5533
5534
5535
5536
5537
5538
5539
5540
5541
5542
5543
5544
5545
5546
5547
5548
5549
5550
5551
5552
5553
5554
5555
5556
5557
5558
5559
5560
5561
5562
5563
5564
5565
5566
5567
5568
5569
5570
5571
5572
5573
5574
5575
5576
5577
5578
5579
5580
5581
5582
5583
5584
5585
5586
5587
5588
5589
5590
5591
5592
5593
5594
5595
5596
5597
5598
5599
5600
5601
5602
5603
5604
5605
5606
5607
5608
5609
5610
5611
5612
5613
5614
5615
5616
5617
5618
5619
5620
5621
5622
5623
5624
5625
5626
5627
5628
5629
5630
5631
5632
5633
5634
5635
5636
5637
5638
5639
5640
5641
5642
5643
5644
5645
5646
5647
5648
5649
5650
5651
5652
5653
5654
5655
5656
5657
5658
5659
5660
5661
5662
5663
5664
5665
5666
5667
5668
5669
5670
5671
5672
5673
5674
5675
5676
5677
5678
5679
5680
5681
5682
5683
5684
5685
5686
5687
5688
5689
5690
5691
5692
5693
5694
5695
5696
5697
5698
5699
5700
5701
5702
5703
5704
5705
5706
5707
5708
5709
5710
5711
5712
5713
5714
5715
5716
5717
5718
5719
5720
5721
5722
5723
5724
5725
5726
5727
5728
5729
5730
5731
5732
5733
5734
5735
5736
5737
5738
5739
5740
5741
5742
5743
5744
5745
5746
5747
5748
5749
5750
5751
5752
5753
5754
5755
5756
5757
5758
5759
5760
5761
5762
5763
5764
5765
5766
5767
5768
5769
5770
5771
5772
5773
5774
5775
5776
5777
5778
5779
5780
5781
5782
5783
5784
5785
5786
5787
5788
5789
5790
5791
5792
5793
5794
5795
5796
5797
5798
5799
5800
5801
5802
5803
5804
5805
5806
5807
5808
5809
5810
5811
5812
5813
5814
5815
5816
5817
5818
5819
5820
5821
5822
5823
5824
5825
5826
5827
5828
5829
5830
5831
5832
5833
5834
5835
5836
5837
5838
5839
5840
5841
5842
5843
5844
5845
5846
5847
5848
5849
5850
5851
5852
5853
5854
5855
5856
5857
5858
5859
5860
5861
5862
5863
5864
5865
5866
5867
5868
5869
5870
5871
5872
5873
5874
5875
5876
5877
5878
5879
5880
5881
5882
5883
5884
5885
5886
5887
5888
5889
5890
5891
5892
5893
5894
5895
5896
5897
5898
5899
5900
5901
5902
5903
5904
5905
5906
5907
5908
5909
5910
5911
5912
5913
5914
5915
5916
5917
5918
5919
5920
5921
5922
5923
5924
5925
5926
5927
5928
5929
5930
5931
5932
5933
5934
5935
5936
5937
5938
5939
5940
5941
5942
5943
5944
5945
5946
5947
5948
5949
5950
5951
5952
5953
5954
5955
5956
5957
5958
5959
5960
5961
5962
5963
5964
5965
5966
5967
5968
5969
5970
5971
5972
5973
5974
5975
5976
5977
5978
5979
5980
5981
5982
5983
5984
5985
5986
5987
5988
5989
5990
5991
5992
5993
5994
5995
5996
5997
5998
5999
6000
6001
6002
6003
6004
6005
6006
6007
6008
6009
6010
6011
6012
6013
6014
6015
6016
6017
6018
6019
6020
6021
6022
6023
6024
6025
6026
6027
6028
6029
6030
6031
6032
6033
6034
6035
6036
6037
6038
6039
6040
6041
6042
6043
6044
6045
6046
6047
6048
6049
6050
6051
6052
6053
6054
6055
6056
6057
6058
6059
6060
6061
6062
6063
6064
6065
6066
6067
6068
6069
6070
6071
6072
6073
6074
6075
6076
6077
6078
6079
6080
6081
6082
6083
6084
6085
6086
6087
6088
6089
6090
6091
6092
6093
6094
6095
6096
6097
6098
6099
6100
6101
6102
6103
6104
6105
6106
6107
6108
6109
6110
6111
6112
6113
6114
6115
6116
6117
6118
6119
6120
6121
6122
6123
6124
6125
6126
6127
6128
6129
6130
6131
6132
6133
6134
6135
6136
6137
6138
6139
6140
6141
6142
6143
6144
6145
6146
6147
6148
6149
6150
6151
6152
6153
6154
6155
6156
6157
6158
6159
6160
6161
6162
6163
6164
6165
6166
6167
6168
6169
6170
6171
6172
6173
6174
6175
6176
6177
6178
6179
6180
6181
6182
6183
6184
6185
6186
6187
6188
6189
6190
6191
6192
6193
6194
6195
6196
6197
6198
6199
6200
6201
6202
6203
6204
6205
6206
6207
6208
6209
6210
6211
6212
6213
6214
6215
6216
6217
6218
6219
6220
6221
6222
6223
6224
6225
6226
6227
6228
6229
6230
6231
6232
6233
6234
6235
6236
6237
6238
6239
6240
6241
6242
6243
6244
6245
6246
6247
6248
6249
6250
6251
6252
6253
6254
6255
6256
6257
6258
6259
6260
6261
6262
6263
6264
6265
6266
6267
6268
6269
6270
6271
6272
6273
6274
6275
6276
6277
6278
6279
6280
6281
6282
6283
6284
6285
6286
6287
6288
6289
6290
6291
6292
6293
6294
6295
6296
6297
6298
6299
6300
6301
6302
6303
6304
6305
6306
6307
6308
6309
6310
6311
6312
6313
6314
6315
6316
6317
6318
6319
6320
6321
6322
6323
6324
6325
6326
6327
6328
6329
6330
6331
6332
6333
6334
6335
6336
6337
6338
6339
6340
6341
6342
6343
6344
6345
6346
6347
6348
6349
6350
6351
6352
6353
6354
6355
6356
6357
6358
6359
6360
6361
6362
6363
6364
6365
6366
6367
6368
6369
6370
6371
6372
6373
6374
6375
6376
6377
6378
6379
6380
6381
6382
6383
6384
6385
6386
6387
6388
6389
6390
6391
6392
6393
6394
6395
6396
6397
6398
6399
6400
6401
6402
6403
6404
6405
6406
6407
6408
6409
6410
6411
6412
6413
6414
6415
6416
6417
6418
6419
6420
6421
6422
6423
6424
6425
6426
6427
6428
6429
6430
6431
6432
6433
6434
6435
6436
6437
6438
6439
6440
6441
6442
6443
6444
6445
6446
6447
6448
6449
6450
6451
6452
6453
6454
6455
6456
6457
6458
6459
6460
6461
6462
6463
6464
6465
6466
6467
6468
6469
6470
6471
6472
6473
6474
6475
6476
6477
6478
6479
6480
6481
6482
6483
6484
6485
6486
6487
6488
6489
6490
6491
6492
6493
6494
6495
6496
6497
6498
6499
6500
6501
6502
6503
6504
6505
6506
6507
6508
6509
6510
6511
6512
6513
6514
6515
6516
6517
6518
6519
6520
6521
6522
6523
6524
6525
6526
6527
6528
6529
6530
6531
6532
6533
6534
6535
6536
6537
6538
6539
6540
6541
6542
6543
6544
6545
6546
6547
6548
6549
6550
6551
6552
6553
6554
6555
6556
6557
6558
6559
6560
6561
6562
6563
6564
6565
6566
6567
6568
6569
6570
6571
6572
6573
6574
6575
6576
6577
6578
6579
6580
6581
6582
6583
6584
6585
6586
6587
6588
6589
6590
6591
6592
6593
6594
6595
6596
6597
6598
6599
6600
6601
6602
6603
6604
6605
6606
6607
6608
6609
6610
6611
6612
6613
6614
6615
6616
6617
6618
6619
6620
6621
6622
6623
6624
6625
6626
6627
6628
6629
6630
6631
6632
6633
6634
6635
6636
6637
6638
6639
6640
6641
6642
6643
6644
6645
6646
6647
6648
6649
6650
6651
6652
6653
6654
6655
6656
6657
6658
6659
6660
6661
6662
6663
6664
6665
6666
6667
6668
6669
6670
6671
6672
6673
6674
6675
6676
6677
6678
6679
6680
6681
6682
6683
6684
6685
6686
6687
6688
6689
6690
6691
6692
6693
6694
6695
6696
6697
6698
6699
6700
6701
6702
6703
6704
6705
6706
6707
6708
6709
6710
6711
6712
6713
6714
6715
6716
6717
6718
6719
6720
6721
6722
6723
6724
6725
6726
6727
6728
6729
6730
6731
6732
6733
6734
6735
6736
6737
6738
6739
6740
6741
6742
6743
6744
6745
6746
6747
6748
6749
6750
6751
6752
6753
6754
6755
6756
6757
6758
6759
6760
6761
6762
6763
6764
6765
6766
6767
6768
6769
6770
6771
6772
6773
6774
6775
6776
6777
6778
6779
6780
6781
6782
6783
6784
6785
6786
6787
6788
6789
6790
6791
6792
6793
6794
6795
6796
6797
6798
6799
6800
6801
6802
6803
6804
6805
6806
6807
6808
6809
6810
6811
6812
6813
6814
6815
6816
6817
6818
6819
6820
6821
6822
6823
6824
6825
6826
6827
6828
6829
6830
6831
6832
6833
6834
6835
6836
6837
6838
6839
6840
6841
6842
6843
6844
6845
6846
6847
6848
6849
6850
6851
6852
6853
6854
6855
6856
6857
6858
6859
6860
6861
6862
6863
6864
6865
6866
6867
6868
6869
6870
6871
6872
6873
6874
6875
6876
6877
6878
6879
6880
6881
6882
6883
6884
6885
6886
6887
6888
6889
6890
6891
6892
6893
6894
6895
6896
6897
6898
6899
6900
6901
6902
6903
6904
6905
6906
6907
6908
6909
6910
6911
6912
6913
6914
6915
6916
6917
6918
6919
6920
6921
6922
6923
6924
6925
6926
6927
6928
6929
6930
6931
6932
6933
6934
6935
6936
6937
6938
6939
6940
6941
6942
6943
6944
6945
6946
6947
6948
6949
6950
6951
6952
6953
6954
6955
6956
6957
6958
6959
6960
6961
6962
6963
6964
6965
6966
6967
6968
6969
6970
6971
6972
6973
6974
6975
6976
6977
6978
6979
6980
6981
6982
6983
6984
6985
6986
6987
6988
6989
6990
6991
6992
6993
6994
6995
6996
6997
6998
6999
7000
7001
7002
7003
7004
7005
7006
7007
7008
7009
7010
7011
7012
7013
7014
7015
7016
7017
7018
7019
7020
7021
7022
7023
7024
7025
7026
7027
7028
7029
7030
7031
7032
7033
7034
7035
7036
7037
7038
7039
7040
7041
7042
7043
7044
7045
7046
7047
7048
7049
7050
7051
7052
7053
7054
7055
7056
7057
7058
7059
7060
7061
7062
7063
7064
7065
7066
7067
7068
7069
7070
7071
7072
7073
7074
7075
7076
7077
7078
7079
7080
7081
7082
7083
7084
7085
7086
7087
7088
7089
7090
7091
7092
7093
7094
7095
7096
7097
7098
7099
7100
7101
7102
7103
7104
7105
7106
7107
7108
7109
7110
7111
7112
7113
7114
7115
7116
7117
7118
7119
7120
7121
7122
7123
7124
7125
7126
7127
7128
7129
7130
7131
7132
7133
7134
7135
7136
7137
7138
7139
7140
7141
7142
7143
7144
7145
7146
7147
7148
7149
7150
7151
7152
7153
7154
7155
7156
7157
7158
7159
7160
7161
7162
7163
7164
7165
7166
7167
7168
7169
7170
7171
7172
7173
7174
7175
7176
7177
7178
7179
7180
7181
7182
7183
7184
7185
7186
7187
7188
7189
7190
7191
7192
7193
7194
7195
7196
7197
7198
7199
7200
7201
7202
7203
7204
7205
7206
7207
7208
7209
7210
7211
7212
7213
7214
7215
7216
7217
7218
7219
7220
7221
7222
7223
7224
7225
7226
7227
7228
7229
7230
7231
7232
7233
7234
7235
7236
7237
7238
7239
7240
7241
7242
7243
7244
7245
7246
7247
7248
7249
7250
7251
7252
7253
7254
7255
7256
7257
7258
7259
7260
7261
7262
7263
7264
7265
7266
7267
7268
7269
7270
7271
7272
7273
7274
7275
7276
7277
7278
7279
7280
7281
7282
7283
7284
7285
7286
7287
7288
7289
7290
7291
7292
7293
7294
7295
7296
7297
7298
7299
7300
7301
7302
7303
7304
7305
7306
7307
7308
7309
7310
7311
7312
7313
7314
7315
7316
7317
7318
7319
7320
7321
7322
7323
7324
7325
7326
7327
7328
7329
7330
7331
7332
7333
7334
7335
7336
7337
7338
7339
7340
7341
7342
7343
7344
7345
7346
7347
7348
7349
7350
7351
7352
7353
7354
7355
7356
7357
7358
7359
7360
7361
7362
7363
7364
7365
7366
7367
7368
7369
7370
7371
7372
7373
7374
7375
7376
7377
7378
7379
7380
7381
7382
7383
7384
7385
7386
7387
7388
7389
7390
7391
7392
7393
7394
7395
7396
7397
7398
7399
7400
7401
7402
7403
7404
7405
7406
7407
7408
7409
7410
7411
7412
7413
7414
7415
7416
7417
7418
7419
7420
7421
7422
7423
7424
7425
7426
7427
7428
7429
7430
7431
7432
7433
7434
7435
7436
7437
7438
7439
7440
7441
7442
7443
7444
7445
7446
7447
7448
7449
7450
7451
7452
7453
7454
7455
7456
7457
7458
7459
7460
7461
7462
7463
7464
7465
7466
7467
7468
7469
7470
7471
7472
7473
7474
7475
7476
7477
7478
7479
7480
7481
7482
7483
7484
7485
7486
7487
7488
7489
7490
7491
7492
7493
7494
7495
7496
7497
7498
7499
7500
7501
7502
7503
7504
7505
7506
7507
7508
7509
7510
7511
7512
7513
7514
7515
7516
7517
7518
7519
7520
7521
7522
7523
7524
7525
7526
7527
7528
7529
7530
7531
7532
7533
7534
7535
7536
7537
7538
7539
7540
7541
7542
7543
7544
7545
7546
7547
7548
7549
7550
7551
7552
7553
7554
This is grub.info, produced by makeinfo version 6.3 from grub.texi.

This manual is for GNU GRUB (version 2.06, 10 May 2021).

   Copyright (C)
1999,2000,2001,2002,2004,2006,2008,2009,2010,2011,2012,2013 Free
Software Foundation, Inc.

     Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
     document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
     Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software
     Foundation; with no Invariant Sections.
INFO-DIR-SECTION Kernel
START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
* GRUB: (grub).                 The GRand Unified Bootloader
* grub-install: (grub)Invoking grub-install.    Install GRUB on your drive
* grub-mkconfig: (grub)Invoking grub-mkconfig.  Generate GRUB configuration
* grub-mkpasswd-pbkdf2: (grub)Invoking grub-mkpasswd-pbkdf2.
* grub-mkrelpath: (grub)Invoking grub-mkrelpath.
* grub-mkrescue: (grub)Invoking grub-mkrescue.  Make a GRUB rescue image
* grub-mount: (grub)Invoking grub-mount.        Mount a file system using GRUB
* grub-probe: (grub)Invoking grub-probe.        Probe device information
* grub-script-check: (grub)Invoking grub-script-check.
END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY


File: grub.info,  Node: Top,  Next: Introduction,  Up: (dir)

GNU GRUB manual
***************

This is the documentation of GNU GRUB, the GRand Unified Bootloader, a
flexible and powerful boot loader program for a wide range of
architectures.

   This edition documents version 2.06.

   This manual is for GNU GRUB (version 2.06, 10 May 2021).

   Copyright (C)
1999,2000,2001,2002,2004,2006,2008,2009,2010,2011,2012,2013 Free
Software Foundation, Inc.

     Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
     document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
     Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software
     Foundation; with no Invariant Sections.

* Menu:

* Introduction::                Capturing the spirit of GRUB
* Naming convention::           Names of your drives in GRUB
* OS-specific notes about grub tools:: 
                                Some notes about OS-specific behaviour of GRUB
                                tools
* Installation::                Installing GRUB on your drive
* Booting::                     How to boot different operating systems
* Configuration::               Writing your own configuration file
* Theme file format::           Format of GRUB theme files
* Network::                     Downloading OS images from a network
* Serial terminal::             Using GRUB via a serial line
* Vendor power-on keys::        Changing GRUB behaviour on vendor power-on keys
* Images::                      GRUB image files
* Core image size limitation::  GRUB image files size limitations
* Filesystem::                  Filesystem syntax and semantics
* Interface::                   The menu and the command-line
* Environment::                 GRUB environment variables
* Commands::                    The list of available builtin commands
* Internationalisation::        Topics relating to language support
* Security::                    Authentication, authorisation, and signatures
* Platform limitations::        The list of platform-specific limitations
* Platform-specific operations:: Platform-specific operations
* Supported kernels::           The list of supported kernels
* Troubleshooting::             Error messages produced by GRUB
* Invoking grub-install::       How to use the GRUB installer
* Invoking grub-mkconfig::      Generate a GRUB configuration file
* Invoking grub-mkpasswd-pbkdf2::
                                Generate GRUB password hashes
* Invoking grub-mkrelpath::     Make system path relative to its root
* Invoking grub-mkrescue::      Make a GRUB rescue image
* Invoking grub-mount::         Mount a file system using GRUB
* Invoking grub-probe::         Probe device information for GRUB
* Invoking grub-script-check::  Check GRUB script file for syntax errors
* Obtaining and Building GRUB:: How to obtain and build GRUB
* Reporting bugs::              Where you should send a bug report
* Future::                      Some future plans on GRUB
* Copying This Manual::         Copying This Manual
* Index::


File: grub.info,  Node: Introduction,  Next: Naming convention,  Prev: Top,  Up: Top

1 Introduction to GRUB
**********************

* Menu:

* Overview::                    What exactly GRUB is and how to use it
* History::                     From maggot to house fly
* Changes from GRUB Legacy::    Differences from previous versions
* Features::                    GRUB features
* Role of a boot loader::       The role of a boot loader


File: grub.info,  Node: Overview,  Next: History,  Up: Introduction

1.1 Overview
============

Briefly, a "boot loader" is the first software program that runs when a
computer starts.  It is responsible for loading and transferring control
to an operating system "kernel" software (such as Linux or GNU Mach).
The kernel, in turn, initializes the rest of the operating system (e.g.
a GNU system).

   GNU GRUB is a very powerful boot loader, which can load a wide
variety of free operating systems, as well as proprietary operating
systems with chain-loading(1) (*note Overview-Footnote-1::).  GRUB is
designed to address the complexity of booting a personal computer; both
the program and this manual are tightly bound to that computer platform,
although porting to other platforms may be addressed in the future.

   One of the important features in GRUB is flexibility; GRUB
understands filesystems and kernel executable formats, so you can load
an arbitrary operating system the way you like, without recording the
physical position of your kernel on the disk.  Thus you can load the
kernel just by specifying its file name and the drive and partition
where the kernel resides.

   When booting with GRUB, you can use either a command-line interface
(*note Command-line interface::), or a menu interface (*note Menu
interface::).  Using the command-line interface, you type the drive
specification and file name of the kernel manually.  In the menu
interface, you just select an OS using the arrow keys.  The menu is
based on a configuration file which you prepare beforehand (*note
Configuration::).  While in the menu, you can switch to the command-line
mode, and vice-versa.  You can even edit menu entries before using them.

   In the following chapters, you will learn how to specify a drive, a
partition, and a file name (*note Naming convention::) to GRUB, how to
install GRUB on your drive (*note Installation::), and how to boot your
OSes (*note Booting::), step by step.


File: grub.info,  Node: Overview-Footnotes,  Up: Overview

   (1) "chain-load" is the mechanism for loading unsupported operating
systems by loading another boot loader.  It is typically used for
loading DOS or Windows.


File: grub.info,  Node: History,  Next: Changes from GRUB Legacy,  Prev: Overview,  Up: Introduction

1.2 History of GRUB
===================

GRUB originated in 1995 when Erich Boleyn was trying to boot the GNU
Hurd with the University of Utah's Mach 4 microkernel (now known as GNU
Mach).  Erich and Brian Ford designed the Multiboot Specification (*note
Multiboot Specification: (multiboot)Top.), because they were determined
not to add to the large number of mutually-incompatible PC boot methods.

   Erich then began modifying the FreeBSD boot loader so that it would
understand Multiboot.  He soon realized that it would be a lot easier to
write his own boot loader from scratch than to keep working on the
FreeBSD boot loader, and so GRUB was born.

   Erich added many features to GRUB, but other priorities prevented him
from keeping up with the demands of its quickly-expanding user base.  In
1999, Gordon Matzigkeit and Yoshinori K. Okuji adopted GRUB as an
official GNU package, and opened its development by making the latest
sources available via anonymous CVS. *Note Obtaining and Building
GRUB::, for more information.

   Over the next few years, GRUB was extended to meet many needs, but it
quickly became clear that its design was not keeping up with the
extensions being made to it, and we reached the point where it was very
difficult to make any further changes without breaking existing
features.  Around 2002, Yoshinori K. Okuji started work on PUPA
(Preliminary Universal Programming Architecture for GNU GRUB), aiming to
rewrite the core of GRUB to make it cleaner, safer, more robust, and
more powerful.  PUPA was eventually renamed to GRUB 2, and the original
version of GRUB was renamed to GRUB Legacy.  Small amounts of
maintenance continued to be done on GRUB Legacy, but the last release
(0.97) was made in 2005 and at the time of writing it seems unlikely
that there will be another.

   By around 2007, GNU/Linux distributions started to use GRUB 2 to
limited extents, and by the end of 2009 multiple major distributions
were installing it by default.


File: grub.info,  Node: Changes from GRUB Legacy,  Next: Features,  Prev: History,  Up: Introduction

1.3 Differences from previous versions
======================================

GRUB 2 is a rewrite of GRUB (*note History::), although it shares many
characteristics with the previous version, now known as GRUB Legacy.
Users of GRUB Legacy may need some guidance to find their way around
this new version.

   * The configuration file has a new name ('grub.cfg' rather than
     'menu.lst' or 'grub.conf'), new syntax (*note Configuration::) and
     many new commands (*note Commands::).  Configuration cannot be
     copied over directly, although most GRUB Legacy users should not
     find the syntax too surprising.

   * 'grub.cfg' is typically automatically generated by 'grub-mkconfig'
     (*note Simple configuration::).  This makes it easier to handle
     versioned kernel upgrades.

   * Partition numbers in GRUB device names now start at 1, not 0 (*note
     Naming convention::).

   * The configuration file is now written in something closer to a full
     scripting language: variables, conditionals, and loops are
     available.

   * A small amount of persistent storage is available across reboots,
     using the 'save_env' and 'load_env' commands in GRUB and the
     'grub-editenv' utility.  This is not available in all
     configurations (*note Environment block::).

   * GRUB 2 has more reliable ways to find its own files and those of
     target kernels on multiple-disk systems, and has commands (*note
     search::) to find devices using file system labels or Universally
     Unique Identifiers (UUIDs).

   * GRUB 2 is available for several other types of system in addition
     to the PC BIOS systems supported by GRUB Legacy: PC EFI, PC
     coreboot, PowerPC, SPARC, and MIPS Lemote Yeeloong are all
     supported.

   * Many more file systems are supported, including but not limited to
     ext4, HFS+, and NTFS.

   * GRUB 2 can read files directly from LVM and RAID devices.

   * A graphical terminal and a graphical menu system are available.

   * GRUB 2's interface can be translated, including menu entry names.

   * The image files (*note Images::) that make up GRUB have been
     reorganised; Stage 1, Stage 1.5, and Stage 2 are no more.

   * GRUB 2 puts many facilities in dynamically loaded modules, allowing
     the core image to be smaller, and allowing the core image to be
     built in more flexible ways.


File: grub.info,  Node: Features,  Next: Role of a boot loader,  Prev: Changes from GRUB Legacy,  Up: Introduction

1.4 GRUB features
=================

The primary requirement for GRUB is that it be compliant with the
"Multiboot Specification", which is described in *note Multiboot
Specification: (multiboot)Top.

   The other goals, listed in approximate order of importance, are:

   * Basic functions must be straightforward for end-users.

   * Rich functionality to support kernel experts and designers.

   * Backward compatibility for booting FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD, and
     Linux.  Proprietary kernels (such as DOS, Windows NT, and OS/2) are
     supported via a chain-loading function.

   Except for specific compatibility modes (chain-loading and the Linux
"piggyback" format), all kernels will be started in much the same state
as in the Multiboot Specification.  Only kernels loaded at 1 megabyte or
above are presently supported.  Any attempt to load below that boundary
will simply result in immediate failure and an error message reporting
the problem.

   In addition to the requirements above, GRUB has the following
features (note that the Multiboot Specification doesn't require all the
features that GRUB supports):

Recognize multiple executable formats
     Support many of the "a.out" variants plus "ELF". Symbol tables are
     also loaded.

Support non-Multiboot kernels
     Support many of the various free 32-bit kernels that lack Multiboot
     compliance (primarily FreeBSD, NetBSD(1) (*note
     Features-Footnote-1::), OpenBSD, and Linux).  Chain-loading of
     other boot loaders is also supported.

Load multiples modules
     Fully support the Multiboot feature of loading multiple modules.

Load a configuration file
     Support a human-readable text configuration file with preset boot
     commands.  You can also load another configuration file dynamically
     and embed a preset configuration file in a GRUB image file.  The
     list of commands (*note Commands::) are a superset of those
     supported on the command-line.  An example configuration file is
     provided in *note Configuration::.

Provide a menu interface
     A menu interface listing preset boot commands, with a programmable
     timeout, is available.  There is no fixed limit on the number of
     boot entries, and the current implementation has space for several
     hundred.

Have a flexible command-line interface
     A fairly flexible command-line interface, accessible from the menu,
     is available to edit any preset commands, or write a new boot
     command set from scratch.  If no configuration file is present,
     GRUB drops to the command-line.

     The list of commands (*note Commands::) are a subset of those
     supported for configuration files.  Editing commands closely
     resembles the Bash command-line (*note Bash: (features)Command Line
     Editing.), with <TAB>-completion of commands, devices, partitions,
     and files in a directory depending on context.

Support multiple filesystem types
     Support multiple filesystem types transparently, plus a useful
     explicit blocklist notation.  The currently supported filesystem
     types are "Amiga Fast FileSystem (AFFS)", "AtheOS fs", "BeFS",
     "BtrFS" (including raid0, raid1, raid10, gzip and lzo), "cpio"
     (little- and big-endian bin, odc and newc variants), "Linux
     ext2/ext3/ext4", "DOS FAT12/FAT16/FAT32", "exFAT", "F2FS", "HFS",
     "HFS+", "ISO9660" (including Joliet, Rock-ridge and multi-chunk
     files), "JFS", "Minix fs" (versions 1, 2 and 3), "nilfs2", "NTFS"
     (including compression), "ReiserFS", "ROMFS", "Amiga Smart
     FileSystem (SFS)", "Squash4", "tar", "UDF", "BSD UFS/UFS2", "XFS",
     and "ZFS" (including lzjb, gzip, zle, mirror, stripe, raidz1/2/3
     and encryption in AES-CCM and AES-GCM). *Note Filesystem::, for
     more information.

Support automatic decompression
     Can decompress files which were compressed by 'gzip' or 'xz'(2)
     (*note Features-Footnote-2::).  This function is both automatic and
     transparent to the user (i.e.  all functions operate upon the
     uncompressed contents of the specified files).  This greatly
     reduces a file size and loading time, a particularly great benefit
     for floppies.(3)  (*note Features-Footnote-3::)

     It is conceivable that some kernel modules should be loaded in a
     compressed state, so a different module-loading command can be
     specified to avoid uncompressing the modules.

Access data on any installed device
     Support reading data from any or all floppies or hard disk(s)
     recognized by the BIOS, independent of the setting of the root
     device.

Be independent of drive geometry translations
     Unlike many other boot loaders, GRUB makes the particular drive
     translation irrelevant.  A drive installed and running with one
     translation may be converted to another translation without any
     adverse effects or changes in GRUB's configuration.

Detect all installed RAM
     GRUB can generally find all the installed RAM on a PC-compatible
     machine.  It uses an advanced BIOS query technique for finding all
     memory regions.  As described on the Multiboot Specification (*note
     Multiboot Specification: (multiboot)Top.), not all kernels make use
     of this information, but GRUB provides it for those who do.

Support Logical Block Address mode
     In traditional disk calls (called "CHS mode"), there is a geometry
     translation problem, that is, the BIOS cannot access over 1024
     cylinders, so the accessible space is limited to at least 508 MB
     and to at most 8GB. GRUB can't universally solve this problem, as
     there is no standard interface used in all machines.  However,
     several newer machines have the new interface, Logical Block
     Address ("LBA") mode.  GRUB automatically detects if LBA mode is
     available and uses it if available.  In LBA mode, GRUB can access
     the entire disk.

Support network booting
     GRUB is basically a disk-based boot loader but also has network
     support.  You can load OS images from a network by using the "TFTP"
     protocol.

Support remote terminals
     To support computers with no console, GRUB provides remote terminal
     support, so that you can control GRUB from a remote host.  Only
     serial terminal support is implemented at the moment.


File: grub.info,  Node: Features-Footnotes,  Up: Features

   (1) The NetBSD/i386 kernel is Multiboot-compliant, but lacks support
for Multiboot modules.

   (2) Only CRC32 data integrity check is supported (xz default is CRC64
so one should use -check=crc32 option).  LZMA BCJ filters are supported.

   (3) There are a few pathological cases where loading a very badly
organized ELF kernel might take longer, but in practice this never
happen.


File: grub.info,  Node: Role of a boot loader,  Prev: Features,  Up: Introduction

1.5 The role of a boot loader
=============================

The following is a quotation from Gordon Matzigkeit, a GRUB fanatic:

     Some people like to acknowledge both the operating system and
     kernel when they talk about their computers, so they might say they
     use "GNU/Linux" or "GNU/Hurd".  Other people seem to think that the
     kernel is the most important part of the system, so they like to
     call their GNU operating systems "Linux systems."

     I, personally, believe that this is a grave injustice, because the
     _boot loader_ is the most important software of all.  I used to
     refer to the above systems as either "LILO"(1) (*note Role of a
     boot loader-Footnote-1::) or "GRUB" systems.

     Unfortunately, nobody ever understood what I was talking about; now
     I just use the word "GNU" as a pseudonym for GRUB.

     So, if you ever hear people talking about their alleged "GNU"
     systems, remember that they are actually paying homage to the best
     boot loader around... GRUB!

   We, the GRUB maintainers, do not (usually) encourage Gordon's level
of fanaticism, but it helps to remember that boot loaders deserve
recognition.  We hope that you enjoy using GNU GRUB as much as we did
writing it.


File: grub.info,  Node: Role of a boot loader-Footnotes,  Up: Role of a boot loader

   (1) The LInux LOader, a boot loader that everybody uses, but nobody
likes.


File: grub.info,  Node: Naming convention,  Next: OS-specific notes about grub tools,  Prev: Introduction,  Up: Top

2 Naming convention
*******************

The device syntax used in GRUB is a wee bit different from what you may
have seen before in your operating system(s), and you need to know it so
that you can specify a drive/partition.

   Look at the following examples and explanations:

     (fd0)

   First of all, GRUB requires that the device name be enclosed with '('
and ')'.  The 'fd' part means that it is a floppy disk.  The number '0'
is the drive number, which is counted from _zero_.  This expression
means that GRUB will use the whole floppy disk.

     (hd0,msdos2)

   Here, 'hd' means it is a hard disk drive.  The first integer '0'
indicates the drive number, that is, the first hard disk, the string
'msdos' indicates the partition scheme, while the second integer, '2',
indicates the partition number (or the PC slice number in the BSD
terminology).  The partition numbers are counted from _one_, not from
zero (as was the case in previous versions of GRUB). This expression
means the second partition of the first hard disk drive.  In this case,
GRUB uses one partition of the disk, instead of the whole disk.

     (hd0,msdos5)

   This specifies the first "extended partition" of the first hard disk
drive.  Note that the partition numbers for extended partitions are
counted from '5', regardless of the actual number of primary partitions
on your hard disk.

     (hd1,msdos1,bsd1)

   This means the BSD 'a' partition on first PC slice number of the
second hard disk.

   Of course, to actually access the disks or partitions with GRUB, you
need to use the device specification in a command, like 'set root=(fd0)'
or 'parttool (hd0,msdos3) hidden-'.  To help you find out which number
specifies a partition you want, the GRUB command-line (*note
Command-line interface::) options have argument completion.  This means
that, for example, you only need to type

     set root=(

   followed by a <TAB>, and GRUB will display the list of drives,
partitions, or file names.  So it should be quite easy to determine the
name of your target partition, even with minimal knowledge of the
syntax.

   Note that GRUB does _not_ distinguish IDE from SCSI - it simply
counts the drive numbers from zero, regardless of their type.  Normally,
any IDE drive number is less than any SCSI drive number, although that
is not true if you change the boot sequence by swapping IDE and SCSI
drives in your BIOS.

   Now the question is, how to specify a file?  Again, consider an
example:

     (hd0,msdos1)/vmlinuz

   This specifies the file named 'vmlinuz', found on the first partition
of the first hard disk drive.  Note that the argument completion works
with file names, too.

   That was easy, admit it.  Now read the next chapter, to find out how
to actually install GRUB on your drive.


File: grub.info,  Node: OS-specific notes about grub tools,  Next: Installation,  Prev: Naming convention,  Up: Top

3 OS-specific notes about grub tools
************************************

On OS which have device nodes similar to Unix-like OS GRUB tools use the
OS name.  E.g.  for GNU/Linux:

     # grub-install /dev/sda

   On AROS we use another syntax.  For volumes:

     //:<volume name>

   E.g.

     //:DH0

   For disks we use syntax:
     //:<driver name>/unit/flags

   E.g.

     # grub-install //:ata.device/0/0

   On Windows we use UNC path.  For volumes it's typically

     \\?\Volume{<GUID>}
     \\?\<drive letter>:

   E.g.

     \\?\Volume{17f34d50-cf64-4b02-800e-51d79c3aa2ff}
     \\?\C:

   For disks it's

     \\?\PhysicalDrive<number>

   E.g.

     # grub-install \\?\PhysicalDrive0

   Beware that you may need to further escape the backslashes depending
on your shell.

   When compiled with cygwin support then cygwin drive names are
automatically when needed.  E.g.

     # grub-install /dev/sda


File: grub.info,  Node: Installation,  Next: Booting,  Prev: OS-specific notes about grub tools,  Up: Top

4 Installation
**************

In order to install GRUB as your boot loader, you need to first install
the GRUB system and utilities under your UNIX-like operating system
(*note Obtaining and Building GRUB::).  You can do this either from the
source tarball, or as a package for your OS.

   After you have done that, you need to install the boot loader on a
drive (floppy or hard disk) by using the utility 'grub-install' (*note
Invoking grub-install::) on a UNIX-like OS.

   GRUB comes with boot images, which are normally put in the directory
'/usr/lib/grub/<cpu>-<platform>' (for BIOS-based machines
'/usr/lib/grub/i386-pc').  Hereafter, the directory where GRUB images
are initially placed (normally '/usr/lib/grub/<cpu>-<platform>') will be
called the "image directory", and the directory where the boot loader
needs to find them (usually '/boot') will be called the "boot
directory".

* Menu:

* Installing GRUB using grub-install::
* Making a GRUB bootable CD-ROM::
* Device map::
* BIOS installation::


File: grub.info,  Node: Installing GRUB using grub-install,  Next: Making a GRUB bootable CD-ROM,  Up: Installation

4.1 Installing GRUB using grub-install
======================================

For information on where GRUB should be installed on PC BIOS platforms,
*note BIOS installation::.

   In order to install GRUB under a UNIX-like OS (such as GNU), invoke
the program 'grub-install' (*note Invoking grub-install::) as the
superuser ("root").

   The usage is basically very simple.  You only need to specify one
argument to the program, namely, where to install the boot loader.  The
argument has to be either a device file (like '/dev/hda').  For example,
under Linux the following will install GRUB into the MBR of the first
IDE disk:

     # grub-install /dev/sda

   Likewise, under GNU/Hurd, this has the same effect:

     # grub-install /dev/hd0

   But all the above examples assume that GRUB should put images under
the '/boot' directory.  If you want GRUB to put images under a directory
other than '/boot', you need to specify the option '--boot-directory'.
The typical usage is that you create a GRUB boot floppy with a
filesystem.  Here is an example:

     # mke2fs /dev/fd0
     # mount -t ext2 /dev/fd0 /mnt
     # mkdir /mnt/boot
     # grub-install --boot-directory=/mnt/boot /dev/fd0
     # umount /mnt

   Some BIOSes have a bug of exposing the first partition of a USB drive
as a floppy instead of exposing the USB drive as a hard disk (they call
it "USB-FDD" boot).  In such cases, you need to install like this:

     # losetup /dev/loop0 /dev/sdb1
     # mount /dev/loop0 /mnt/usb
     # grub-install --boot-directory=/mnt/usb/bugbios --force --allow-floppy /dev/loop0

   This install doesn't conflict with standard install as long as they
are in separate directories.

   On EFI systems for fixed disk install you have to mount EFI System
Partition.  If you mount it at '/boot/efi' then you don't need any
special arguments:

     # grub-install

   Otherwise you need to specify where your EFI System partition is
mounted:

     # grub-install --efi-directory=/mnt/efi

   For removable installs you have to use '--removable' and specify both
'--boot-directory' and '--efi-directory':

     # grub-install --efi-directory=/mnt/usb --boot-directory=/mnt/usb/boot --removable


File: grub.info,  Node: Making a GRUB bootable CD-ROM,  Next: Device map,  Prev: Installing GRUB using grub-install,  Up: Installation

4.2 Making a GRUB bootable CD-ROM
=================================

GRUB supports the "no emulation mode" in the El Torito specification(1)
(*note Making a GRUB bootable CD-ROM-Footnote-1::).  This means that you
can use the whole CD-ROM from GRUB and you don't have to make a floppy
or hard disk image file, which can cause compatibility problems.

   For booting from a CD-ROM, GRUB uses a special image called
'cdboot.img', which is concatenated with 'core.img'.  The 'core.img'
used for this should be built with at least the 'iso9660' and 'biosdisk'
modules.  Your bootable CD-ROM will usually also need to include a
configuration file 'grub.cfg' and some other GRUB modules.

   To make a simple generic GRUB rescue CD, you can use the
'grub-mkrescue' program (*note Invoking grub-mkrescue::):

     $ grub-mkrescue -o grub.iso

   You will often need to include other files in your image.  To do
this, first make a top directory for the bootable image, say, 'iso':

     $ mkdir iso

   Make a directory for GRUB:

     $ mkdir -p iso/boot/grub

   If desired, make the config file 'grub.cfg' under 'iso/boot/grub'
(*note Configuration::), and copy any files and directories for the disc
to the directory 'iso/'.

   Finally, make the image:

     $ grub-mkrescue -o grub.iso iso

   This produces a file named 'grub.iso', which then can be burned into
a CD (or a DVD), or written to a USB mass storage device.

   The root device will be set up appropriately on entering your
'grub.cfg' configuration file, so you can refer to file names on the CD
without needing to use an explicit device name.  This makes it easier to
produce rescue images that will work on both optical drives and USB mass
storage devices.


File: grub.info,  Node: Making a GRUB bootable CD-ROM-Footnotes,  Up: Making a GRUB bootable CD-ROM

   (1) El Torito is a specification for bootable CD using BIOS
functions.


File: grub.info,  Node: Device map,  Next: BIOS installation,  Prev: Making a GRUB bootable CD-ROM,  Up: Installation

4.3 The map between BIOS drives and OS devices
==============================================

If the device map file exists, the GRUB utilities ('grub-probe', etc.)
read it to map BIOS drives to OS devices.  This file consists of lines
like this:

     (DEVICE) FILE

   DEVICE is a drive specified in the GRUB syntax (*note Device
syntax::), and FILE is an OS file, which is normally a device file.

   Historically, the device map file was used because GRUB device names
had to be used in the configuration file, and they were derived from
BIOS drive numbers.  The map between BIOS drives and OS devices cannot
always be guessed correctly: for example, GRUB will get the order wrong
if you exchange the boot sequence between IDE and SCSI in your BIOS.

   Unfortunately, even OS device names are not always stable.  Modern
versions of the Linux kernel may probe drives in a different order from
boot to boot, and the prefix ('/dev/hd*' versus '/dev/sd*') may change
depending on the driver subsystem in use.  As a result, the device map
file required frequent editing on some systems.

   GRUB avoids this problem nowadays by using UUIDs or file system
labels when generating 'grub.cfg', and we advise that you do the same
for any custom menu entries you write.  If the device map file does not
exist, then the GRUB utilities will assume a temporary device map on the
fly.  This is often good enough, particularly in the common case of
single-disk systems.

   However, the device map file is not entirely obsolete yet, and it is
used for overriding when current environment is different from the one
on boot.  Most common case is if you use a partition or logical volume
as a disk for virtual machine.  You can put any comments in the file if
needed, as the GRUB utilities assume that a line is just a comment if
the first character is '#'.


File: grub.info,  Node: BIOS installation,  Prev: Device map,  Up: Installation

4.4 BIOS installation
=====================

MBR
===

The partition table format traditionally used on PC BIOS platforms is
called the Master Boot Record (MBR) format; this is the format that
allows up to four primary partitions and additional logical partitions.
With this partition table format, there are two ways to install GRUB: it
can be embedded in the area between the MBR and the first partition
(called by various names, such as the "boot track", "MBR gap", or
"embedding area", and which is usually at least 1000 KiB), or the core
image can be installed in a file system and a list of the blocks that
make it up can be stored in the first sector of that partition.

   Modern tools usually leave MBR gap of at least 1023 KiB. This amount
is sufficient to cover most configurations.  Hence this value is
recommended by the GRUB team.

   Historically many tools left only 31 KiB of space.  This is not
enough to parse reliably difficult structures like Btrfs, ZFS, RAID or
LVM, or to use difficult disk access methods like ahci.  Hence GRUB will
warn if attempted to install into small MBR gap except in a small number
of configurations that were grandfathered.  The grandfathered config
must:

   * use biosdisk as disk access module for '/boot' * not use any
additional partition maps to access '/boot' * '/boot' must be on one of
following filesystems: * AFFS, AFS, BFS, cpio, newc, odc, ext2/3/4, FAT,
exFAT, F2FS, HFS, uncompressed HFS+, ISO9660, JFS, Minix, Minix2,
Minix3, NILFS2, NTFS, ReiserFS, ROMFS, SFS, tar, UDF, UFS1, UFS2, XFS

   MBR gap has few technical problems.  There is no way to reserve space
in the embedding area with complete safety, and some proprietary
software is known to use it to make it difficult for users to work
around licensing restrictions.  GRUB works it around by detecting
sectors by other software and avoiding them and protecting its own
sectors using Reed-Solomon encoding.

   GRUB team recommends having MBR gap of at least 1000 KiB

   Should it be not possible GRUB has support for a fallback solution
which is heavily recommended against.  Installing to a filesystem means
that GRUB is vulnerable to its blocks being moved around by filesystem
features such as tail packing, or even by aggressive fsck
implementations, so this approach is quite fragile; and this approach
can only be used if the '/boot' filesystem is on the same disk that the
BIOS boots from, so that GRUB does not have to rely on guessing BIOS
drive numbers.

   The GRUB development team generally recommends embedding GRUB before
the first partition, unless you have special requirements.  You must
ensure that the first partition starts at least 1000 KiB (2000 sectors)
from the start of the disk; on modern disks, it is often a performance
advantage to align partitions on larger boundaries anyway, so the first
partition might start 1 MiB from the start of the disk.

GPT
===

Some newer systems use the GUID Partition Table (GPT) format.  This was
specified as part of the Extensible Firmware Interface (EFI), but it can
also be used on BIOS platforms if system software supports it; for
example, GRUB and GNU/Linux can be used in this configuration.  With
this format, it is possible to reserve a whole partition for GRUB,
called the BIOS Boot Partition.  GRUB can then be embedded into that
partition without the risk of being overwritten by other software and
without being contained in a filesystem which might move its blocks
around.

   When creating a BIOS Boot Partition on a GPT system, you should make
sure that it is at least 31 KiB in size.  (GPT-formatted disks are not
usually particularly small, so we recommend that you make it larger than
the bare minimum, such as 1 MiB, to allow plenty of room for growth.)
You must also make sure that it has the proper partition type.  Using
GNU Parted, you can set this using a command such as the following:

     # parted /dev/DISK set PARTITION-NUMBER bios_grub on

   If you are using gdisk, set the partition type to '0xEF02'.  With
partitioning programs that require setting the GUID directly, it should
be '21686148-6449-6e6f-744e656564454649'.

   *Caution:* Be very careful which partition you select!  When GRUB
finds a BIOS Boot Partition during installation, it will automatically
overwrite part of it.  Make sure that the partition does not contain any
other data.


File: grub.info,  Node: Booting,  Next: Configuration,  Prev: Installation,  Up: Top

5 Booting
*********

GRUB can load Multiboot-compliant kernels in a consistent way, but for
some free operating systems you need to use some OS-specific magic.

* Menu:

* General boot methods::        How to boot OSes with GRUB generally
* Loopback booting::            Notes on booting from loopbacks
* LVM cache booting::           Notes on booting from LVM cache logical volume
* OS-specific notes::           Notes on some operating systems


File: grub.info,  Node: General boot methods,  Next: Loopback booting,  Up: Booting

5.1 How to boot operating systems
=================================

GRUB has two distinct boot methods.  One of the two is to load an
operating system directly, and the other is to chain-load another boot
loader which then will load an operating system actually.  Generally
speaking, the former is more desirable, because you don't need to
install or maintain other boot loaders and GRUB is flexible enough to
load an operating system from an arbitrary disk/partition.  However, the
latter is sometimes required, since GRUB doesn't support all the
existing operating systems natively.

* Menu:

* Loading an operating system directly::
* Chain-loading::


File: grub.info,  Node: Loading an operating system directly,  Next: Chain-loading,  Up: General boot methods

5.1.1 How to boot an OS directly with GRUB
------------------------------------------

Multiboot (*note Multiboot Specification: (multiboot)Top.) is the native
format supported by GRUB. For the sake of convenience, there is also
support for Linux, FreeBSD, NetBSD and OpenBSD. If you want to boot
other operating systems, you will have to chain-load them (*note
Chain-loading::).

   FIXME: this section is incomplete.

  1. Run the command 'boot' (*note boot::).

   However, DOS and Windows have some deficiencies, so you might have to
use more complicated instructions.  *Note DOS/Windows::, for more
information.


File: grub.info,  Node: Chain-loading,  Prev: Loading an operating system directly,  Up: General boot methods

5.1.2 Chain-loading an OS
-------------------------

Operating systems that do not support Multiboot and do not have specific
support in GRUB (specific support is available for Linux, FreeBSD,
NetBSD and OpenBSD) must be chain-loaded, which involves loading another
boot loader and jumping to it in real mode.

   The 'chainloader' command (*note chainloader::) is used to set this
up.  It is normally also necessary to load some GRUB modules and set the
appropriate root device.  Putting this together, we get something like
this, for a Windows system on the first partition of the first hard
disk:

menuentry "Windows" {
	insmod chain
	insmod ntfs
	set root=(hd0,1)
	chainloader +1
}

   On systems with multiple hard disks, an additional workaround may be
required.  *Note DOS/Windows::.

   Chain-loading is only supported on PC BIOS and EFI platforms.


File: grub.info,  Node: Loopback booting,  Next: LVM cache booting,  Prev: General boot methods,  Up: Booting

5.2 Loopback booting
====================

GRUB is able to read from an image (be it one of CD or HDD) stored on
any of its accessible storages (refer to *note loopback:: command).
However the OS itself should be able to find its root.  This usually
involves running a userspace program running before the real root is
discovered.  This is achieved by GRUB loading a specially made small
image and passing it as ramdisk to the kernel.  This is achieved by
commands 'kfreebsd_module', 'knetbsd_module_elf', 'kopenbsd_ramdisk',
'initrd' (*note initrd::), 'initrd16' (*note initrd::),
'multiboot_module', 'multiboot2_module' or 'xnu_ramdisk' depending on
the loader.  Note that for knetbsd the image must be put inside
miniroot.kmod and the whole miniroot.kmod has to be loaded.  In kopenbsd
payload this is disabled by default.  Aditionally behaviour of initial
ramdisk depends on command line options.  Several distributors provide
the image for this purpose or it's integrated in their standard ramdisk
and activated by special option.  Consult your kernel and distribution
manual for more details.  Other loaders like appleloader, chainloader
(BIOS, EFI, coreboot), freedos, ntldr and plan9 provide no possibility
of loading initial ramdisk and as far as author is aware the payloads in
question don't support either initial ramdisk or discovering loopback
boot in other way and as such not bootable this way.  Please consider
alternative boot methods like copying all files from the image to actual
partition.  Consult your OS documentation for more details


File: grub.info,  Node: LVM cache booting,  Next: OS-specific notes,  Prev: Loopback booting,  Up: Booting

5.3 Booting from LVM cache logical volume
=========================================

The LVM cache logical volume is the logical volume consisting of the
original and the cache pool logical volume.  The original is usually on
a larger and slower storage device while the cache pool is on a smaller
and faster one.  The performance of the original volume can be improved
by storing the frequently used data on the cache pool to utilize the
greater performance of faster device.

   GRUB boots from LVM cache logical volume merely by reading it's
original logical volume so that dirty data in cache pool volume is
disregarded.  This is not a problem for "writethrough" cache mode as it
ensures that any data written will be stored both on the cache and the
origin LV. For the other cache mode "writeback", which delays writing
from the cache pool back to the origin LV to boost performance, GRUB may
fail to boot in the wake of accidental power outage due to it's
inability to assemble the cache device for reading the required dirty
data left behind.  The situation will be improved after adding full
support to the LVM cache logical volume in the future.


File: grub.info,  Node: OS-specific notes,  Prev: LVM cache booting,  Up: Booting

5.4 Some caveats on OS-specific issues
======================================

Here, we describe some caveats on several operating systems.

* Menu:

* GNU/Hurd::
* GNU/Linux::
* NetBSD::
* DOS/Windows::


File: grub.info,  Node: GNU/Hurd,  Next: GNU/Linux,  Up: OS-specific notes

5.4.1 GNU/Hurd
--------------

Since GNU/Hurd is Multiboot-compliant, it is easy to boot it; there is
nothing special about it.  But do not forget that you have to specify a
root partition to the kernel.

  1. Set GRUB's root device to the same drive as GNU/Hurd's.  The
     command 'search --set=root --file /boot/gnumach.gz' or similar may
     help you (*note search::).

  2. Load the kernel and the modules, like this:

          grub> multiboot /boot/gnumach.gz root=device:hd0s1
          grub> module  /hurd/ext2fs.static ext2fs --readonly \
                             --multiboot-command-line='${kernel-command-line}' \
                             --host-priv-port='${host-port}' \
                             --device-master-port='${device-port}' \
                             --exec-server-task='${exec-task}' -T typed '${root}' \
                             '$(task-create)' '$(task-resume)'
          grub> module /lib/ld.so.1 exec /hurd/exec '$(exec-task=task-create)'

  3. Finally, run the command 'boot' (*note boot::).


File: grub.info,  Node: GNU/Linux,  Next: NetBSD,  Prev: GNU/Hurd,  Up: OS-specific notes

5.4.2 GNU/Linux
---------------

It is relatively easy to boot GNU/Linux from GRUB, because it somewhat
resembles to boot a Multiboot-compliant OS.

  1. Set GRUB's root device to the same drive as GNU/Linux's.  The
     command 'search --set=root --file /vmlinuz' or similar may help you
     (*note search::).

  2. Load the kernel using the command 'linux' (*note linux::):

          grub> linux /vmlinuz root=/dev/sda1

     If you need to specify some kernel parameters, just append them to
     the command.  For example, to set 'acpi' to 'off', do this:

          grub> linux /vmlinuz root=/dev/sda1 acpi=off

     See the documentation in the Linux source tree for complete
     information on the available options.

     With 'linux' GRUB uses 32-bit protocol.  Some BIOS services like
     APM or EDD aren't available with this protocol.  In this case you
     need to use 'linux16'

          grub> linux16 /vmlinuz root=/dev/sda1 acpi=off

  3. If you use an initrd, execute the command 'initrd' (*note initrd::)
     after 'linux':

          grub> initrd /initrd

     If you used 'linux16' you need to use 'initrd16':

          grub> initrd16 /initrd

  4. Finally, run the command 'boot' (*note boot::).


File: grub.info,  Node: NetBSD,  Next: DOS/Windows,  Prev: GNU/Linux,  Up: OS-specific notes

5.4.3 NetBSD
------------

Booting a NetBSD kernel from GRUB is also relatively easy: first set
GRUB's root device, then load the kernel and the modules, and finally
run 'boot'.

  1. Set GRUB's root device to the partition holding the NetBSD root
     file system.  For a disk with a NetBSD disk label, this is usually
     the first partition (a:).  In that case, and assuming that the
     partition is on the first hard disk, set GRUB's root device as
     follows:

          grub> insmod part_bsd
          grub> set root=(hd0,netbsd1)

     For a disk with a GUID Partition Table (GPT), and assuming that the
     NetBSD root partition is the third GPT partition, do this:

          grub> insmod part_gpt
          grub> set root=(hd0,gpt3)

  2. Load the kernel using the command 'knetbsd':

          grub> knetbsd /netbsd

     Various options may be given to 'knetbsd'.  These options are, for
     the most part, the same as in the NetBSD boot loader.  For
     instance, to boot the system in single-user mode and with verbose
     messages, do this:

          grub> knetbsd /netbsd -s -v

  3. If needed, load kernel modules with the command
     'knetbsd_module_elf'.  A typical example is the module for the root
     file system:

          grub> knetbsd_module_elf /stand/amd64/6.0/modules/ffs/ffs.kmod

  4. Finally, run the command 'boot' (*note boot::).


File: grub.info,  Node: DOS/Windows,  Prev: NetBSD,  Up: OS-specific notes

5.4.4 DOS/Windows
-----------------

GRUB cannot boot DOS or Windows directly, so you must chain-load them
(*note Chain-loading::).  However, their boot loaders have some critical
deficiencies, so it may not work to just chain-load them.  To overcome
the problems, GRUB provides you with two helper functions.

   If you have installed DOS (or Windows) on a non-first hard disk, you
have to use the disk swapping technique, because that OS cannot boot
from any disks but the first one.  The workaround used in GRUB is the
command 'drivemap' (*note drivemap::), like this:

     drivemap -s (hd0) (hd1)

   This performs a "virtual" swap between your first and second hard
drive.

   *Caution:* This is effective only if DOS (or Windows) uses BIOS to
access the swapped disks.  If that OS uses a special driver for the
disks, this probably won't work.

   Another problem arises if you installed more than one set of
DOS/Windows onto one disk, because they could be confused if there are
more than one primary partitions for DOS/Windows.  Certainly you should
avoid doing this, but there is a solution if you do want to do so.  Use
the partition hiding/unhiding technique.

   If GRUB "hides" a DOS (or Windows) partition (*note parttool::), DOS
(or Windows) will ignore the partition.  If GRUB "unhides" a DOS (or
Windows) partition, DOS (or Windows) will detect the partition.  Thus,
if you have installed DOS (or Windows) on the first and the second
partition of the first hard disk, and you want to boot the copy on the
first partition, do the following:

     parttool (hd0,1) hidden-
     parttool (hd0,2) hidden+
     set root=(hd0,1)
     chainloader +1
     parttool ${root} boot+
     boot


File: grub.info,  Node: Configuration,  Next: Theme file format,  Prev: Booting,  Up: Top

6 Writing your own configuration file
*************************************

GRUB is configured using 'grub.cfg', usually located under '/boot/grub'.
This file is quite flexible, but most users will not need to write the
whole thing by hand.

* Menu:

* Simple configuration::            Recommended for most users
* Root Identifcation Heuristics::   Summary on how the root file system is identified.
* Shell-like scripting::            For power users and developers
* Multi-boot manual config::        For non-standard multi-OS scenarios
* Embedded configuration::          Embedding a configuration file into GRUB


File: grub.info,  Node: Simple configuration,  Next: Root Identifcation Heuristics,  Up: Configuration

6.1 Simple configuration handling
=================================

The program 'grub-mkconfig' (*note Invoking grub-mkconfig::) generates
'grub.cfg' files suitable for most cases.  It is suitable for use when
upgrading a distribution, and will discover available kernels and
attempt to generate menu entries for them.

   'grub-mkconfig' does have some limitations.  While adding extra
custom menu entries to the end of the list can be done by editing
'/etc/grub.d/40_custom' or creating '/boot/grub/custom.cfg', changing
the order of menu entries or changing their titles may require making
complex changes to shell scripts stored in '/etc/grub.d/'.  This may be
improved in the future.  In the meantime, those who feel that it would
be easier to write 'grub.cfg' directly are encouraged to do so (*note
Booting::, and *note Shell-like scripting::), and to disable any system
provided by their distribution to automatically run 'grub-mkconfig'.

   The file '/etc/default/grub' controls the operation of
'grub-mkconfig'.  It is sourced by a shell script, and so must be valid
POSIX shell input; normally, it will just be a sequence of 'KEY=value'
lines, but if the value contains spaces or other special characters then
it must be quoted.  For example:

     GRUB_TERMINAL_INPUT="console serial"

   Valid keys in '/etc/default/grub' are as follows:

'GRUB_DEFAULT'
     The default menu entry.  This may be a number, in which case it
     identifies the Nth entry in the generated menu counted from zero,
     or the title of a menu entry, or the special string 'saved'.  Using
     the id may be useful if you want to set a menu entry as the default
     even though there may be a variable number of entries before it.

     For example, if you have:

     menuentry 'Example GNU/Linux distribution' --class gnu-linux --id example-gnu-linux {
     	...
     }

     then you can make this the default using:

          GRUB_DEFAULT=example-gnu-linux

     Previously it was documented the way to use entry title.  While
     this still works it's not recommended since titles often contain
     unstable device names and may be translated

     If you set this to 'saved', then the default menu entry will be
     that saved by 'GRUB_SAVEDEFAULT' or 'grub-set-default'.  This
     relies on the environment block, which may not be available in all
     situations (*note Environment block::).

     The default is '0'.

'GRUB_SAVEDEFAULT'
     If this option is set to 'true', then, when an entry is selected,
     save it as a new default entry for use by future runs of GRUB. This
     is only useful if 'GRUB_DEFAULT=saved'; it is a separate option
     because 'GRUB_DEFAULT=saved' is useful without this option, in
     conjunction with 'grub-set-default'.  Unset by default.  This
     option relies on the environment block, which may not be available
     in all situations (*note Environment block::).

'GRUB_TIMEOUT'
     Boot the default entry this many seconds after the menu is
     displayed, unless a key is pressed.  The default is '5'.  Set to
     '0' to boot immediately without displaying the menu, or to '-1' to
     wait indefinitely.

     If 'GRUB_TIMEOUT_STYLE' is set to 'countdown' or 'hidden', the
     timeout is instead counted before the menu is displayed.

'GRUB_TIMEOUT_STYLE'
     If this option is unset or set to 'menu', then GRUB will display
     the menu and then wait for the timeout set by 'GRUB_TIMEOUT' to
     expire before booting the default entry.  Pressing a key interrupts
     the timeout.

     If this option is set to 'countdown' or 'hidden', then, before
     displaying the menu, GRUB will wait for the timeout set by
     'GRUB_TIMEOUT' to expire.  If <ESC> or <F4> are pressed, or <SHIFT>
     is held down during that time, it will display the menu and wait
     for input.  If a hotkey associated with a menu entry is pressed, it
     will boot the associated menu entry immediately.  If the timeout
     expires before either of these happens, it will boot the default
     entry.  In the 'countdown' case, it will show a one-line indication
     of the remaining time.

'GRUB_DEFAULT_BUTTON'
'GRUB_TIMEOUT_BUTTON'
'GRUB_TIMEOUT_STYLE_BUTTON'
'GRUB_BUTTON_CMOS_ADDRESS'
     Variants of the corresponding variables without the '_BUTTON'
     suffix, used to support vendor-specific power buttons.  *Note
     Vendor power-on keys::.

'GRUB_DISTRIBUTOR'
     Set by distributors of GRUB to their identifying name.  This is
     used to generate more informative menu entry titles.

'GRUB_TERMINAL_INPUT'
     Select the terminal input device.  You may select multiple devices
     here, separated by spaces.

     Valid terminal input names depend on the platform, but may include
     'console' (native platform console), 'serial' (serial terminal),
     'serial_<port>' (serial terminal with explicit port selection),
     'at_keyboard' (PC AT keyboard), or 'usb_keyboard' (USB keyboard
     using the HID Boot Protocol, for cases where the firmware does not
     handle this).

     The default is to use the platform's native terminal input.

'GRUB_TERMINAL_OUTPUT'
     Select the terminal output device.  You may select multiple devices
     here, separated by spaces.

     Valid terminal output names depend on the platform, but may include
     'console' (native platform console), 'serial' (serial terminal),
     'serial_<port>' (serial terminal with explicit port selection),
     'gfxterm' (graphics-mode output), 'vga_text' (VGA text output),
     'mda_text' (MDA text output), 'morse' (Morse-coding using system
     beeper) or 'spkmodem' (simple data protocol using system speaker).

     'spkmodem' is useful when no serial port is available.  Connect the
     output of sending system (where GRUB is running) to line-in of
     receiving system (usually developer machine).  On receiving system
     compile 'spkmodem-recv' from 'util/spkmodem-recv.c' and run:

          parecord --channels=1 --rate=48000 --format=s16le | ./spkmodem-recv

     The default is to use the platform's native terminal output.

'GRUB_TERMINAL'
     If this option is set, it overrides both 'GRUB_TERMINAL_INPUT' and
     'GRUB_TERMINAL_OUTPUT' to the same value.

'GRUB_SERIAL_COMMAND'
     A command to configure the serial port when using the serial
     console.  *Note serial::.  Defaults to 'serial'.

'GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX'
     Command-line arguments to add to menu entries for the Linux kernel.

'GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT'
     Unless 'GRUB_DISABLE_RECOVERY' is set to 'true', two menu entries
     will be generated for each Linux kernel: one default entry and one
     entry for recovery mode.  This option lists command-line arguments
     to add only to the default menu entry, after those listed in
     'GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX'.

'GRUB_CMDLINE_NETBSD'
'GRUB_CMDLINE_NETBSD_DEFAULT'
     As 'GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX' and 'GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT', but for
     NetBSD.

'GRUB_CMDLINE_GNUMACH'
     As 'GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX', but for GNU Mach.

'GRUB_CMDLINE_XEN'
'GRUB_CMDLINE_XEN_DEFAULT'
     The values of these options are passed to Xen hypervisor Xen menu
     entries, for all respectively normal entries.

'GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_XEN_REPLACE'
'GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_XEN_REPLACE_DEFAULT'
     The values of these options replace the values of
     'GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX' and 'GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT' for Linux and
     Xen menu entries.

'GRUB_EARLY_INITRD_LINUX_CUSTOM'
'GRUB_EARLY_INITRD_LINUX_STOCK'
     List of space-separated early initrd images to be loaded from
     '/boot'.  This is for loading things like CPU microcode, firmware,
     ACPI tables, crypto keys, and so on.  These early images will be
     loaded in the order declared, and all will be loaded before the
     actual functional initrd image.

     'GRUB_EARLY_INITRD_LINUX_STOCK' is for your distribution to declare
     images that are provided by the distribution.  It should not be
     modified without understanding the consequences.  They will be
     loaded first.

     'GRUB_EARLY_INITRD_LINUX_CUSTOM' is for your custom created images.

     The default stock images are as follows, though they may be
     overridden by your distribution:
          intel-uc.img intel-ucode.img amd-uc.img amd-ucode.img early_ucode.cpio microcode.cpio

'GRUB_DISABLE_LINUX_UUID'
     Normally, 'grub-mkconfig' will generate menu entries that use
     universally-unique identifiers (UUIDs) to identify the root
     filesystem to the Linux kernel, using a 'root=UUID=...' kernel
     parameter.  This is usually more reliable, but in some cases it may
     not be appropriate.  To disable the use of UUIDs, set this option
     to 'true'.

'GRUB_DISABLE_LINUX_PARTUUID'
     If 'grub-mkconfig' cannot identify the root filesystem via its
     universally-unique indentifier (UUID), 'grub-mkconfig' can use the
     UUID of the partition containing the filesystem to identify the
     root filesystem to the Linux kernel via a 'root=PARTUUID=...'
     kernel parameter.  This is not as reliable as using the filesystem
     UUID, but is more reliable than using the Linux device names.  When
     'GRUB_DISABLE_LINUX_PARTUUID' is set to 'false', the Linux kernel
     version must be 2.6.37 (3.10 for systems using the MSDOS partition
     scheme) or newer.  This option defaults to 'true'.  To enable the
     use of partition UUIDs, set this option to 'false'.

'GRUB_DISABLE_RECOVERY'
     If this option is set to 'true', disable the generation of recovery
     mode menu entries.

'GRUB_DISABLE_UUID'
     Normally, 'grub-mkconfig' will generate menu entries that use
     universally-unique identifiers (UUIDs) to identify various
     filesystems to search for files.  This is usually more reliable,
     but in some cases it may not be appropriate.  To disable this use
     of UUIDs, set this option to 'true'.  Setting this option to
     'true', will also set the options 'GRUB_DISABLE_LINUX_UUID' and
     'GRUB_DISABLE_LINUX_PARTUUID' to 'true', unless they have been
     explicilty set to 'false'.

'GRUB_VIDEO_BACKEND'
     If graphical video support is required, either because the
     'gfxterm' graphical terminal is in use or because
     'GRUB_GFXPAYLOAD_LINUX' is set, then 'grub-mkconfig' will normally
     load all available GRUB video drivers and use the one most
     appropriate for your hardware.  If you need to override this for
     some reason, then you can set this option.

     After 'grub-install' has been run, the available video drivers are
     listed in '/boot/grub/video.lst'.

'GRUB_GFXMODE'
     Set the resolution used on the 'gfxterm' graphical terminal.  Note
     that you can only use modes which your graphics card supports via
     VESA BIOS Extensions (VBE), so for example native LCD panel
     resolutions may not be available.  The default is 'auto', which
     tries to select a preferred resolution.  *Note gfxmode::.

'GRUB_BACKGROUND'
     Set a background image for use with the 'gfxterm' graphical
     terminal.  The value of this option must be a file readable by GRUB
     at boot time, and it must end with '.png', '.tga', '.jpg', or
     '.jpeg'.  The image will be scaled if necessary to fit the screen.

'GRUB_THEME'
     Set a theme for use with the 'gfxterm' graphical terminal.

'GRUB_GFXPAYLOAD_LINUX'
     Set to 'text' to force the Linux kernel to boot in normal text
     mode, 'keep' to preserve the graphics mode set using
     'GRUB_GFXMODE', 'WIDTHxHEIGHT'['xDEPTH'] to set a particular
     graphics mode, or a sequence of these separated by commas or
     semicolons to try several modes in sequence.  *Note gfxpayload::.

     Depending on your kernel, your distribution, your graphics card,
     and the phase of the moon, note that using this option may cause
     GNU/Linux to suffer from various display problems, particularly
     during the early part of the boot sequence.  If you have problems,
     set this option to 'text' and GRUB will tell Linux to boot in
     normal text mode.

'GRUB_DISABLE_OS_PROBER'
     The 'grub-mkconfig' has a feature to use the external 'os-prober'
     program to discover other operating systems installed on the same
     machine and generate appropriate menu entries for them.  It is
     disabled by default since automatic and silent execution of
     'os-prober', and creating boot entries based on that data, is a
     potential attack vector.  Set this option to 'false' to enable this
     feature in the 'grub-mkconfig' command.

'GRUB_OS_PROBER_SKIP_LIST'
     List of space-separated FS UUIDs of filesystems to be ignored from
     os-prober output.  For efi chainloaders it's <UUID>@<EFI FILE>

'GRUB_DISABLE_SUBMENU'
     Normally, 'grub-mkconfig' will generate top level menu entry for
     the kernel with highest version number and put all other found
     kernels or alternative menu entries for recovery mode in submenu.
     For entries returned by 'os-prober' first entry will be put on top
     level and all others in submenu.  If this option is set to 'true',
     flat menu with all entries on top level will be generated instead.
     Changing this option will require changing existing values of
     'GRUB_DEFAULT', 'fallback' (*note fallback::) and 'default' (*note
     default::) environment variables as well as saved default entry
     using 'grub-set-default' and value used with 'grub-reboot'.

'GRUB_ENABLE_CRYPTODISK'
     If set to 'y', 'grub-mkconfig' and 'grub-install' will check for
     encrypted disks and generate additional commands needed to access
     them during boot.  Note that in this case unattended boot is not
     possible because GRUB will wait for passphrase to unlock encrypted
     container.

'GRUB_INIT_TUNE'
     Play a tune on the speaker when GRUB starts.  This is particularly
     useful for users unable to see the screen.  The value of this
     option is passed directly to *note play::.

'GRUB_BADRAM'
     If this option is set, GRUB will issue a *note badram:: command to
     filter out specified regions of RAM.

'GRUB_PRELOAD_MODULES'
     This option may be set to a list of GRUB module names separated by
     spaces.  Each module will be loaded as early as possible, at the
     start of 'grub.cfg'.

   The following options are still accepted for compatibility with
existing configurations, but have better replacements:

'GRUB_HIDDEN_TIMEOUT'
     Wait this many seconds before displaying the menu.  If <ESC> or
     <F4> are pressed, or <SHIFT> is held down during that time, display
     the menu and wait for input according to 'GRUB_TIMEOUT'.  If a
     hotkey associated with a menu entry is pressed, boot the associated
     menu entry immediately.  If the timeout expires before either of
     these happens, display the menu for the number of seconds specified
     in 'GRUB_TIMEOUT' before booting the default entry.

     If you set 'GRUB_HIDDEN_TIMEOUT', you should also set
     'GRUB_TIMEOUT=0' so that the menu is not displayed at all unless
     <ESC> or <F4> are pressed, or <SHIFT> is held down.

     This option is unset by default, and is deprecated in favour of the
     less confusing 'GRUB_TIMEOUT_STYLE=countdown' or
     'GRUB_TIMEOUT_STYLE=hidden'.

'GRUB_HIDDEN_TIMEOUT_QUIET'
     In conjunction with 'GRUB_HIDDEN_TIMEOUT', set this to 'true' to
     suppress the verbose countdown while waiting for a key to be
     pressed before displaying the menu.

     This option is unset by default, and is deprecated in favour of the
     less confusing 'GRUB_TIMEOUT_STYLE=countdown'.

'GRUB_HIDDEN_TIMEOUT_BUTTON'
     Variant of 'GRUB_HIDDEN_TIMEOUT', used to support vendor-specific
     power buttons.  *Note Vendor power-on keys::.

     This option is unset by default, and is deprecated in favour of the
     less confusing 'GRUB_TIMEOUT_STYLE=countdown' or
     'GRUB_TIMEOUT_STYLE=hidden'.

   For more detailed customisation of 'grub-mkconfig''s output, you may
edit the scripts in '/etc/grub.d' directly.  '/etc/grub.d/40_custom' is
particularly useful for adding entire custom menu entries; simply type
the menu entries you want to add at the end of that file, making sure to
leave at least the first two lines intact.


File: grub.info,  Node: Root Identifcation Heuristics,  Next: Shell-like scripting,  Prev: Simple configuration,  Up: Configuration

6.2 Root Identifcation Heuristics
=================================

If the target operating system uses the Linux kernel, 'grub-mkconfig'
attempts to identify the root file system via a heuristic algoirthm.
This algorithm selects the identification method of the root file system
by considering three factors.  The first is if an initrd for the target
operating system is also present.  The second is
'GRUB_DISABLE_LINUX_UUID' and if set to 'true', prevents 'grub-mkconfig'
from identifying the root file system by its UUID. The third is
'GRUB_DISABLE_LINUX_PARTUUID' and if set to 'true', prevents
'grub-mkconfig' from identifying the root file system via the UUID of
its enclosing partition.  If the variables are assigned any other value,
that value is considered equivalent to 'false'.  The variables are also
considered to be set to 'false' if they are not set.

   When booting, the Linux kernel will delegate the task of mounting the
root filesystem to the initrd.  Most initrd images determine the root
file system by checking the Linux kernel's command-line for the 'root'
key and use its value as the identification method of the root file
system.  To improve the reliability of booting, most initrd images also
allow the root file system to be identified by its UUID. Because of this
behavior, the 'grub-mkconfig' command will set 'root' to 'root=UUID=...'
to provide the initrd with the filesystem UUID of the root file system.

   If no initrd is detected or 'GRUB_DISABLE_LINUX_UUID' is set to
'true' then 'grub-command' will identify the root filesystem by setting
the kernel command-line variable 'root' to 'root=PARTUUID=...' unless
'GRUB_DISABLE_LINUX_PARTUUID' is also set to 'true'.  If
'GRUB_DISABLE_LINUX_PARTUUID' is also set to 'true', 'grub-command' will
identify by its Linux device name.

   The following table summarizes the behavior of the 'grub-mkconfig'
command.

Initrd     GRUB_DISABLE_LINUX_PARTUUID   GRUB_DISABLE_LINUX_UUID   Linux Root
detected   Set To                        Set To                    ID Method
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
false      false                         false                     part UUID
false      false                         true                      part UUID
false      true                          false                     dev name
false      true                          true                      dev name
true       false                         false                     fs UUID
true       false                         true                      part UUID
true       true                          false                     fs UUID
true       true                          true                      dev name

   Remember, 'GRUB_DISABLE_LINUX_PARTUUID' and 'GRUB_DISABLE_LINUX_UUID'
are also considered to be set to 'false' when they are unset.


File: grub.info,  Node: Shell-like scripting,  Next: Multi-boot manual config,  Prev: Root Identifcation Heuristics,  Up: Configuration

6.3 Writing full configuration files directly
=============================================

'grub.cfg' is written in GRUB's built-in scripting language, which has a
syntax quite similar to that of GNU Bash and other Bourne shell
derivatives.

Words
=====

A "word" is a sequence of characters considered as a single unit by
GRUB. Words are separated by "metacharacters", which are the following
plus space, tab, and newline:

     { } | & $ ; < >

   Quoting may be used to include metacharacters in words; see below.

Reserved words
==============

Reserved words have a special meaning to GRUB. The following words are
recognised as reserved when unquoted and either the first word of a
simple command or the third word of a 'for' command:

     ! [[ ]] { }
     case do done elif else esac fi for function
     if in menuentry select then time until while

   Not all of these reserved words have a useful purpose yet; some are
reserved for future expansion.

Quoting
=======

Quoting is used to remove the special meaning of certain characters or
words.  It can be used to treat metacharacters as part of a word, to
prevent reserved words from being recognised as such, and to prevent
variable expansion.

   There are three quoting mechanisms: the escape character, single
quotes, and double quotes.

   A non-quoted backslash (\) is the "escape character".  It preserves
the literal value of the next character that follows, with the exception
of newline.

   Enclosing characters in single quotes preserves the literal value of
each character within the quotes.  A single quote may not occur between
single quotes, even when preceded by a backslash.

   Enclosing characters in double quotes preserves the literal value of
all characters within the quotes, with the exception of '$' and '\'.
The '$' character retains its special meaning within double quotes.  The
backslash retains its special meaning only when followed by one of the
following characters: '$', '"', '\', or newline.  A backslash-newline
pair is treated as a line continuation (that is, it is removed from the
input stream and effectively ignored(1) (*note Shell-like
scripting-Footnote-1::)).  A double quote may be quoted within double
quotes by preceding it with a backslash.

Variable expansion
==================

The '$' character introduces variable expansion.  The variable name to
be expanded may be enclosed in braces, which are optional but serve to
protect the variable to be expanded from characters immediately
following it which could be interpreted as part of the name.

   Normal variable names begin with an alphabetic character, followed by
zero or more alphanumeric characters.  These names refer to entries in
the GRUB environment (*note Environment::).

   Positional variable names consist of one or more digits.  They
represent parameters passed to function calls, with '$1' representing
the first parameter, and so on.

   The special variable name '?' expands to the exit status of the most
recently executed command.  When positional variable names are active,
other special variable names '@', '*' and '#' are defined and they
expand to all positional parameters with necessary quoting, positional
parameters without any quoting, and positional parameter count
respectively.

Comments
========

A word beginning with '#' causes that word and all remaining characters
on that line to be ignored.

Simple commands
===============

A "simple command" is a sequence of words separated by spaces or tabs
and terminated by a semicolon or a newline.  The first word specifies
the command to be executed.  The remaining words are passed as arguments
to the invoked command.

   The return value of a simple command is its exit status.  If the
reserved word '!' precedes the command, then the return value is instead
the logical negation of the command's exit status.

Compound commands
=================

A "compound command" is one of the following:

for NAME in WORD ...; do LIST; done
     The list of words following 'in' is expanded, generating a list of
     items.  The variable NAME is set to each element of this list in
     turn, and LIST is executed each time.  The return value is the exit
     status of the last command that executes.  If the expansion of the
     items following 'in' results in an empty list, no commands are
     executed, and the return status is 0.

if LIST; then LIST; [elif LIST; then LIST;] ... [else LIST;] fi
     The 'if' LIST is executed.  If its exit status is zero, the 'then'
     LIST is executed.  Otherwise, each 'elif' LIST is executed in turn,
     and if its exit status is zero, the corresponding 'then' LIST is
     executed and the command completes.  Otherwise, the 'else' LIST is
     executed, if present.  The exit status is the exit status of the
     last command executed, or zero if no condition tested true.

while COND; do LIST; done
until COND; do LIST; done
     The 'while' command continuously executes the 'do' LIST as long as
     the last command in COND returns an exit status of zero.  The
     'until' command is identical to the 'while' command, except that
     the test is negated; the 'do' LIST is executed as long as the last
     command in COND returns a non-zero exit status.  The exit status of
     the 'while' and 'until' commands is the exit status of the last
     'do' LIST command executed, or zero if none was executed.

function NAME { COMMAND; ... }
     This defines a function named NAME.  The "body" of the function is
     the list of commands within braces, each of which must be
     terminated with a semicolon or a newline.  This list of commands
     will be executed whenever NAME is specified as the name of a simple
     command.  Function definitions do not affect the exit status in
     '$?'.  When executed, the exit status of a function is the exit
     status of the last command executed in the body.

menuentry TITLE ['--class=class' ...] ['--users=users'] ['--unrestricted'] ['--hotkey=key'] ['--id=id'] { COMMAND; ... }
     *Note menuentry::.

Built-in Commands
=================

Some built-in commands are also provided by GRUB script to help script
writers perform actions that are otherwise not possible.  For example,
these include commands to jump out of a loop without fully completing
it, etc.

break ['n']
     Exit from within a 'for', 'while', or 'until' loop.  If 'n' is
     specified, break 'n' levels.  'n' must be greater than or equal to
     1.  If 'n' is greater than the number of enclosing loops, all
     enclosing loops are exited.  The return value is 0 unless 'n' is
     not greater than or equal to 1.

continue ['n']
     Resume the next iteration of the enclosing 'for', 'while' or
     'until' loop.  If 'n' is specified, resume at the 'n'th enclosing
     loop.  'n' must be greater than or equal to 1.  If 'n' is greater
     than the number of enclosing loops, the last enclosing loop (the
     "top-level" loop) is resumed.  The return value is 0 unless 'n' is
     not greater than or equal to 1.

return ['n']
     Causes a function to exit with the return value specified by 'n'.
     If 'n' is omitted, the return status is that of the last command
     executed in the function body.  If used outside a function the
     return status is false.

setparams ['arg'] ...
     Replace positional parameters starting with '$1' with arguments to
     'setparams'.

shift ['n']
     The positional parameters from 'n'+1 ... are renamed to '$1'....
     Parameters represented by the numbers '$#' down to '$#'-'n'+1 are
     unset.  'n' must be a non-negative number less than or equal to
     '$#'.  If 'n' is 0, no parameters are changed.  If 'n' is not
     given, it is assumed to be 1.  If 'n' is greater than '$#', the
     positional parameters are not changed.  The return status is
     greater than zero if 'n' is greater than '$#' or less than zero;
     otherwise 0.


File: grub.info,  Node: Shell-like scripting-Footnotes,  Up: Shell-like scripting

   (1) Currently a backslash-newline pair within a variable name is not
handled properly, so use this feature with some care.


File: grub.info,  Node: Multi-boot manual config,  Next: Embedded configuration,  Prev: Shell-like scripting,  Up: Configuration

6.4 Multi-boot manual config
============================

Currently autogenerating config files for multi-boot environments
depends on os-prober and has several shortcomings.  Due to that it is
disabled by default.  It is advised to use the power of GRUB syntax and
do it yourself.  A possible configuration is detailed here, feel free to
adjust to your needs.

   First create a separate GRUB partition, big enough to hold GRUB. Some
of the following entries show how to load OS installer images from this
same partition, for that you obviously need to make the partition large
enough to hold those images as well.  Mount this partition on/mnt/boot
and disable GRUB in all OSes and manually install self-compiled latest
GRUB with:

   'grub-install --boot-directory=/mnt/boot /dev/sda'

   In all the OSes install GRUB tools but disable installing GRUB in
bootsector, so you'll have menu.lst and grub.cfg available for use.
Also disable os-prober use by setting:

   'GRUB_DISABLE_OS_PROBER=true'

   in /etc/default/grub

   Then write a grub.cfg (/mnt/boot/grub/grub.cfg):


     menuentry "OS using grub2" {
        insmod xfs
        search --set=root --label OS1 --hint hd0,msdos8
        configfile /boot/grub/grub.cfg
     }

     menuentry "OS using grub2-legacy" {
        insmod ext2
        search --set=root --label OS2 --hint hd0,msdos6
        legacy_configfile /boot/grub/menu.lst
     }

     menuentry "Windows XP" {
        insmod ntfs
        search --set=root --label WINDOWS_XP --hint hd0,msdos1
        ntldr /ntldr
     }

     menuentry "Windows 7" {
        insmod ntfs
        search --set=root --label WINDOWS_7 --hint hd0,msdos2
        ntldr /bootmgr
     }

     menuentry "FreeBSD" {
               insmod zfs
               search --set=root --label freepool --hint hd0,msdos7
               kfreebsd /freebsd@/boot/kernel/kernel
               kfreebsd_module_elf /freebsd@/boot/kernel/opensolaris.ko
               kfreebsd_module_elf /freebsd@/boot/kernel/zfs.ko
               kfreebsd_module /freebsd@/boot/zfs/zpool.cache type=/boot/zfs/zpool.cache
               set kFreeBSD.vfs.root.mountfrom=zfs:freepool/freebsd
               set kFreeBSD.hw.psm.synaptics_support=1
     }

     menuentry "experimental GRUB" {
               search --set=root --label GRUB --hint hd0,msdos5
               multiboot /experimental/grub/i386-pc/core.img
     }

     menuentry "Fedora 16 installer" {
               search --set=root --label GRUB --hint hd0,msdos5
               linux /fedora/vmlinuz lang=en_US keymap=sg resolution=1280x800
               initrd /fedora/initrd.img
     }

     menuentry "Fedora rawhide installer" {
               search --set=root --label GRUB --hint hd0,msdos5
               linux /fedora/vmlinuz repo=ftp://mirror.switch.ch/mirror/fedora/linux/development/rawhide/x86_64 lang=en_US keymap=sg resolution=1280x800
               initrd /fedora/initrd.img
     }

     menuentry "Debian sid installer" {
               search --set=root --label GRUB --hint hd0,msdos5
               linux /debian/dists/sid/main/installer-amd64/current/images/hd-media/vmlinuz
               initrd /debian/dists/sid/main/installer-amd64/current/images/hd-media/initrd.gz
     }


   Notes:
   * Argument to search after -label is FS LABEL. You can also use UUIDs
     with -fs-uuid UUID instead of -label LABEL. You could also use
     direct 'root=hd0,msdosX' but this is not recommended due to device
     name instability.


File: grub.info,  Node: Embedded configuration,  Prev: Multi-boot manual config,  Up: Configuration

6.5 Embedding a configuration file into GRUB
============================================

GRUB supports embedding a configuration file directly into the core
image, so that it is loaded before entering normal mode.  This is
useful, for example, when it is not straightforward to find the real
configuration file, or when you need to debug problems with loading that
file.  'grub-install' uses this feature when it is not using BIOS disk
functions or when installing to a different disk from the one containing
'/boot/grub', in which case it needs to use the 'search' command (*note
search::) to find '/boot/grub'.

   To embed a configuration file, use the '-c' option to 'grub-mkimage'.
The file is copied into the core image, so it may reside anywhere on the
file system, and may be removed after running 'grub-mkimage'.

   After the embedded configuration file (if any) is executed, GRUB will
load the 'normal' module (*note normal::), which will then read the real
configuration file from '$prefix/grub.cfg'.  By this point, the 'root'
variable will also have been set to the root device name.  For example,
'prefix' might be set to '(hd0,1)/boot/grub', and 'root' might be set to
'hd0,1'.  Thus, in most cases, the embedded configuration file only
needs to set the 'prefix' and 'root' variables, and then drop through to
GRUB's normal processing.  A typical example of this might look like
this:

     search.fs_uuid 01234567-89ab-cdef-0123-456789abcdef root
     set prefix=($root)/boot/grub

   (The 'search_fs_uuid' module must be included in the core image for
this example to work.)

   In more complex cases, it may be useful to read other configuration
files directly from the embedded configuration file.  This allows such
things as reading files not called 'grub.cfg', or reading files from a
directory other than that where GRUB's loadable modules are installed.
To do this, include the 'configfile' and 'normal' modules in the core
image, and embed a configuration file that uses the 'configfile' command
to load another file.  The following example of this also requires the
'echo', 'search_label', and 'test' modules to be included in the core
image:

     search.fs_label grub root
     if [ -e /boot/grub/example/test1.cfg ]; then
         set prefix=($root)/boot/grub
         configfile /boot/grub/example/test1.cfg
     else
         if [ -e /boot/grub/example/test2.cfg ]; then
             set prefix=($root)/boot/grub
             configfile /boot/grub/example/test2.cfg
         else
             echo "Could not find an example configuration file!"
         fi
     fi

   The embedded configuration file may not contain menu entries
directly, but may only read them from elsewhere using 'configfile'.


File: grub.info,  Node: Theme file format,  Next: Network,  Prev: Configuration,  Up: Top

7 Theme file format
*******************

7.1 Introduction
================

The GRUB graphical menu supports themes that can customize the layout
and appearance of the GRUB boot menu.  The theme is configured through a
plain text file that specifies the layout of the various GUI components
(including the boot menu, timeout progress bar, and text messages) as
well as the appearance using colors, fonts, and images.  Example is
available in docs/example_theme.txt

7.2 Theme Elements
==================

7.2.1 Colors
------------

Colors can be specified in several ways:

   * HTML-style "#RRGGBB" or "#RGB" format, where *R*, *G*, and *B* are
     hexadecimal digits (e.g., "#8899FF")
   * as comma-separated decimal RGB values (e.g., "128, 128, 255")
   * with "SVG 1.0 color names" (e.g., "cornflowerblue") which must be
     specified in lowercase.

7.2.2 Fonts
-----------

The fonts GRUB uses "PFF2 font format" bitmap fonts.  Fonts are
specified with full font names.  Currently there is no provision for a
preference list of fonts, or deriving one font from another.  Fonts are
loaded with the "loadfont" command in GRUB (*note loadfont::).  To see
the list of loaded fonts, execute the "lsfonts" command (*note
lsfonts::).  If there are too many fonts to fit on screen, do "set
pager=1" before executing "lsfonts".

7.2.3 Progress Bar
------------------

Figure 7.1

Figure 7.2

Progress bars are used to display the remaining time before GRUB boots
the default menu entry.  To create a progress bar that will display the
remaining time before automatic boot, simply create a "progress_bar"
component with the id "__timeout__".  This indicates to GRUB that the
progress bar should be updated as time passes, and it should be made
invisible if the countdown to automatic boot is interrupted by the user.

   Progress bars may optionally have text displayed on them.  This text
is controlled by variable "text" which contains a printf template with
the only argument %d is the number of seconds remaining.  Additionally
special values "@TIMEOUT_NOTIFICATION_SHORT@",
"@TIMEOUT_NOTIFICATION_MIDDLE@", "@TIMEOUT_NOTIFICATION_LONG@" are
replaced with standard and translated templates.

7.2.4 Circular Progress Indicator
---------------------------------

The circular progress indicator functions similarly to the progress bar.
When given an id of "__timeout__", GRUB updates the circular progress
indicator's value to indicate the time remaining.  For the circular
progress indicator, there are two images used to render it: the *center*
image, and the *tick* image.  The center image is rendered in the center
of the component, while the tick image is used to render each mark along
the circumference of the indicator.

7.2.5 Labels
------------

Text labels can be placed on the boot screen.  The font, color, and
horizontal alignment can be specified for labels.  If a label is given
the id "__timeout__", then the "text" property for that label is also
updated with a message informing the user of the number of seconds
remaining until automatic boot.  This is useful in case you want the
text displayed somewhere else instead of directly on the progress bar.

7.2.6 Boot Menu
---------------

The boot menu where GRUB displays the menu entries from the "grub.cfg"
file.  It is a list of items, where each item has a title and an
optional icon.  The icon is selected based on the *classes* specified
for the menu entry.  If there is a PNG file named "myclass.png" in the
"grub/themes/icons" directory, it will be displayed for items which have
the class *myclass*.  The boot menu can be customized in several ways,
such as the font and color used for the menu entry title, and by
specifying styled boxes for the menu itself and for the selected item
highlight.

7.2.7 Styled Boxes
------------------

One of the most important features for customizing the layout is the use
of *styled boxes*.  A styled box is composed of 9 rectangular (and
potentially empty) regions, which are used to seamlessly draw the styled
box on screen:

Northwest (nw)         North (n)              Northeast (ne)
West (w)               Center (c)             East (e)
Southwest (sw)         South (s)              Southeast (se)

   To support any size of box on screen, the center slice and the slices
for the top, bottom, and sides are all scaled to the correct size for
the component on screen, using the following rules:

  1. The edge slices (north, south, east, and west) are scaled in the
     direction of the edge they are adjacent to.  For instance, the west
     slice is scaled vertically.
  2. The corner slices (northwest, northeast, southeast, and southwest)
     are not scaled.
  3. The center slice is scaled to fill the remaining space in the
     middle.

   As an example of how an image might be sliced up, consider the styled
box used for a terminal view.

Figure 7.3

7.2.8 Creating Styled Box Images
--------------------------------

The Inkscape_ scalable vector graphics editor is a very useful tool for
creating styled box images.  One process that works well for slicing a
drawing into the necessary image slices is:

  1. Create or open the drawing you'd like use.
  2. Create a new layer on the top of the layer stack.  Make it visible.
     Select this layer as the current layer.
  3. Draw 9 rectangles on your drawing where you'd like the slices to
     be.  Clear the fill option, and set the stroke to 1 pixel wide
     solid stroke.  The corners of the slices must meet precisely; if it
     is off by a single pixel, it will probably be evident when the
     styled box is rendered in the GRUB menu.  You should probably go to
     File | Document Properties | Grids and enable a grid or create a
     guide (click on one of the rulers next to the drawing and drag over
     the drawing; release the mouse button to place the guide) to help
     place the rectangles precisely.
  4. Right click on the center slice rectangle and choose Object
     Properties.  Change the "Id" to "slice_c" and click Set.  Repeat
     this for the remaining 8 rectangles, giving them Id values of
     "slice_n", "slice_ne", "slice_e", and so on according to the
     location.
  5. Save the drawing.
  6. Select all the slice rectangles.  With the slice layer selected,
     you can simply press Ctrl+A to select all rectangles.  The status
     bar should indicate that 9 rectangles are selected.
  7. Click the layer hide icon for the slice layer in the layer palette.
     The rectangles will remain selected, even though they are hidden.
  8. Choose File | Export Bitmap and check the *Batch export 9 selected
     objects* box.  Make sure that *Hide all except selected* is
     unchecked.  click *Export*.  This will create PNG files in the same
     directory as the drawing, named after the slices.  These can now be
     used for a styled box in a GRUB theme.

7.3 Theme File Manual
=====================

The theme file is a plain text file.  Lines that begin with "#" are
ignored and considered comments.  (Note: This may not be the case if the
previous line ended where a value was expected.)

   The theme file contains two types of statements:
  1. Global properties.
  2. Component construction.

7.3.1 Global Properties
-----------------------

7.3.2 Format
------------

Global properties are specified with the simple format:
   * name1: value1
   * name2: "value which may contain spaces"
   * name3: #88F

   In this example, name3 is assigned a color value.

7.3.3 Global Property List
--------------------------

title-text             Specifies the text to display at the top
                       center of the screen as a title.
title-font             Defines the font used for the title
                       message at the top of the screen.
title-color            Defines the color of the title message.
message-font           Currently unused.  Left for backward
                       compatibility.
message-color          Currently unused.  Left for backward
                       compatibility.
message-bg-color       Currently unused.  Left for backward
                       compatibility.
desktop-image          Specifies the image to use as the
                       background.  It will be scaled to fit the
                       screen size or proportionally scaled
                       depending on the scale method.
desktop-image-scale-methodSpecifies the scaling method for the
                       *desktop-image*.  Options are "stretch",
                       "crop", "padding", "fitwidth",
                       "fitheight".  "stretch" for fitting the
                       screen size.  Otherwise it is
                       proportional scaling of a part of
                       *desktop-image* to the part of the
                       screen.  "crop" part of the
                       *desktop-image* will be proportionally
                       scaled to fit the screen sizes.
                       "padding" the entire *desktop-image* will
                       be contained on the screen.  "fitwidth"
                       for fitting the *desktop-image*'s width
                       with screen width.  "fitheight" for
                       fitting the *desktop-image*'s height with
                       the screen height.  Default is "stretch".
desktop-image-h-align  Specifies the horizontal alignment of the
                       *desktop-image* if
                       *desktop-image-scale-method* isn't equeal
                       to "stretch".  Options are "left",
                       "center", "right".  Default is "center".
desktop-image-v-align  Specifies the vertical alignment of the
                       *desktop-image* if
                       *desktop-image-scale-method* isn't equeal
                       to "stretch".  Options are "top",
                       "center", "bottom".  Default is "center".
desktop-color          Specifies the color for the background if
                       *desktop-image* is not specified.
terminal-box           Specifies the file name pattern for the
                       styled box slices used for the command
                       line terminal window.  For example,
                       "terminal-box: terminal_*.png" will use
                       the images "terminal_c.png" as the center
                       area, "terminal_n.png" as the north (top)
                       edge, "terminal_nw.png" as the northwest
                       (upper left) corner, and so on.  If the
                       image for any slice is not found, it will
                       simply be left empty.
terminal-border        Specifies the border width of the
                       terminal window.
terminal-left          Specifies the left coordinate of the
                       terminal window.
terminal-top           Specifies the top coordinate of the
                       terminal window.
terminal-width         Specifies the width of the terminal
                       window.
terminal-height        Specifies the height of the terminal
                       window.

7.3.4 Component Construction
----------------------------

Greater customizability comes is provided by components.  A tree of
components forms the user interface.  *Containers* are components that
can contain other components, and there is always a single root
component which is an instance of a *canvas* container.

   Components are created in the theme file by prefixing the type of
component with a '+' sign:

   ' + label { text="GRUB" font="aqui 11" color="#8FF" } '

   properties of a component are specified as "name = value" (whitespace
surrounding tokens is optional and is ignored) where *value* may be:
   * a single word (e.g., "align = center", "color = #FF8080"),
   * a quoted string (e.g., "text = "Hello, World!""), or
   * a tuple (e.g., "preferred_size = (120, 80)").

7.3.5 Component List
--------------------

The following is a list of the components and the properties they
support.

   * label A label displays a line of text.

     Properties:
     id             Set to "__timeout__" to display the time elapsed
                    to an automatical boot of the default entry.
     text           The text to display.  If "id" is set to
                    "__timeout__" and no "text" property is set then
                    the amount of seconds will be shown.  If set to
                    "@KEYMAP_SHORT@", "@KEYMAP_MIDDLE@" or
                    "@KEYMAP_LONG@" then predefined hotkey
                    information will be shown.
     font           The font to use for text display.
     color          The color of the text.
     align          The horizontal alignment of the text within the
                    component.  Options are "left", "center" and
                    "right".
     visible        Set to "false" to hide the label.

   * image A component that displays an image.  The image is scaled to
     fit the component.

     Properties:

     file           The full path to the image file to load.

   * progress_bar Displays a horizontally oriented progress bar.  It can
     be rendered using simple solid filled rectangles, or using a pair
     of pixmap styled boxes.

     Properties:

     id             Set to "__timeout__" to display the time elapsed
                    to an automatical boot of the default entry.
     fg_color       The foreground color for plain solid color
                    rendering.
     bg_color       The background color for plain solid color
                    rendering.
     border_color   The border color for plain solid color
                    rendering.
     text_color     The text color.
     bar_style      The styled box specification for the frame of
                    the progress bar.  Example:
                    "progress_frame_*.png" If the value is equal to
                    "highlight_style" then no styled boxes will be
                    shown.
     highlight_styleThe styled box specification for the highlighted
                    region of the progress bar.  This box will be
                    used to paint just the highlighted region of the
                    bar, and will be increased in size as the bar
                    nears completion.  Example: "progress_hl_*.png".
                    If the value is equal to "bar_style" then no
                    styled boxes will be shown.
     highlight_overlayIf this option is set to "true" then the
                    highlight box side slices (every slice except
                    the center slice) will overlay the frame box
                    side slices.  And the center slice of the
                    highlight box can move all the way (from top to
                    bottom), being drawn on the center slice of the
                    frame box.  That way we can make a progress bar
                    with round-shaped edges so there won't be a free
                    space from the highlight to the frame in top and
                    bottom scrollbar positions.  Default is "false".
     font           The font to use for progress bar.
     text           The text to display on the progress bar.  If the
                    progress bar's ID is set to "__timeout__" and
                    the value of this property is set to
                    "@TIMEOUT_NOTIFICATION_SHORT@",
                    "@TIMEOUT_NOTIFICATION_MIDDLE@" or
                    "@TIMEOUT_NOTIFICATION_LONG@", then GRUB will
                    update this property with an informative message
                    as the timeout approaches.

   * circular_progress Displays a circular progress indicator.  The
     appearance of this component is determined by two images: the
     *center* image and the *tick* image.  The center image is generally
     larger and will be drawn in the center of the component.  Around
     the circumference of a circle within the component, the tick image
     will be drawn a certain number of times, depending on the
     properties of the component.

     Properties:

     id                     Set to "__timeout__" to display the time
                            elapsed to an automatical boot of the
                            default entry.
     center_bitmap          The file name of the image to draw in the
                            center of the component.
     tick_bitmap            The file name of the image to draw for
                            the tick marks.
     num_ticks              The number of ticks that make up a full
                            circle.
     ticks_disappear        Boolean value indicating whether tick
                            marks should progressively appear, or
                            progressively disappear as *value*
                            approaches *end*.  Specify "true" or
                            "false".  Default is "false".
     start_angle            The position of the first tick mark to
                            appear or disappear.  Measured in
                            "parrots", 1 "parrot" = 1 / 256 of the
                            full circle.  Use values "xxx deg" or
                            "xxx \xc2\xb0" to set the angle in
                            degrees.

   * boot_menu Displays the GRUB boot menu.  It allows selecting items
     and executing them.

     Properties:

     item_font                     The font to use for the menu item
                                   titles.
     selected_item_font            The font to use for the selected
                                   menu item, or "inherit" (the
                                   default) to use "item_font" for
                                   the selected menu item as well.
     item_color                    The color to use for the menu item
                                   titles.
     selected_item_color           The color to use for the selected
                                   menu item, or "inherit" (the
                                   default) to use "item_color" for
                                   the selected menu item as well.
     icon_width                    The width of menu item icons.
                                   Icons are scaled to the specified
                                   size.
     icon_height                   The height of menu item icons.
     item_height                   The height of each menu item in
                                   pixels.
     item_padding                  The amount of space in pixels to
                                   leave on each side of the menu
                                   item contents.
     item_icon_space               The space between an item's icon
                                   and the title text, in pixels.
     item_spacing                  The amount of space to leave
                                   between menu items, in pixels.
     menu_pixmap_style             The image file pattern for the
                                   menu frame styled box.  Example:
                                   "menu_*.png" (this will use images
                                   such as "menu_c.png",
                                   "menu_w.png", 'menu_nw.png", etc.)
     item_pixmap_style             The image file pattern for the
                                   item styled box.
     selected_item_pixmap_style    The image file pattern for the
                                   selected item highlight styled
                                   box.
     scrollbar                     Boolean value indicating whether
                                   the scroll bar should be drawn if
                                   the frame and thumb styled boxes
                                   are configured.
     scrollbar_frame               The image file pattern for the
                                   entire scroll bar.  Example:
                                   "scrollbar_*.png"
     scrollbar_thumb               The image file pattern for the
                                   scroll bar thumb (the part of the
                                   scroll bar that moves as scrolling
                                   occurs).  Example:
                                   "scrollbar_thumb_*.png"
     scrollbar_thumb_overlay       If this option is set to "true"
                                   then the scrollbar thumb side
                                   slices (every slice except the
                                   center slice) will overlay the
                                   scrollbar frame side slices.  And
                                   the center slice of the
                                   scrollbar_thumb can move all the
                                   way (from top to bottom), being
                                   drawn on the center slice of the
                                   scrollbar frame.  That way we can
                                   make a scrollbar with round-shaped
                                   edges so there won't be a free
                                   space from the thumb to the frame
                                   in top and bottom scrollbar
                                   positions.  Default is "false".
     scrollbar_slice               The menu frame styled box's slice
                                   in which the scrollbar will be
                                   drawn.  Possible values are
                                   "west", "center", "east"
                                   (default).  "west" - the scrollbar
                                   will be drawn in the west slice
                                   (right-aligned).  "east" - the
                                   scrollbar will be drawn in the
                                   east slice (left-aligned).
                                   "center" - the scrollbar will be
                                   drawn in the center slice.  Note:
                                   in case of "center" slice: a) If
                                   the scrollbar should be drawn then
                                   boot menu entry's width is
                                   decreased by the scrollbar's width
                                   and the scrollbar is drawn at the
                                   right side of the center slice.
                                   b) If the scrollbar won't be drawn
                                   then the boot menu entry's width
                                   is the width of the center slice.
                                   c) We don't necessary need the
                                   menu pixmap box to display the
                                   scrollbar.
     scrollbar_left_pad            The left scrollbar padding in
                                   pixels.  Unused if
                                   "scrollbar_slice" is "west".
     scrollbar_right_pad           The right scrollbar padding in
                                   pixels.  Unused if
                                   "scrollbar_slice" is "east".
     scrollbar_top_pad             The top scrollbar padding in
                                   pixels.
     scrollbar_bottom_pad          The bottom scrollbar padding in
                                   pixels.
     visible                       Set to "false" to hide the boot
                                   menu.

   * canvas Canvas is a container that allows manual placement of
     components within it.  It does not alter the positions of its child
     components.  It assigns all child components their preferred sizes.

   * hbox The *hbox* container lays out its children from left to right,
     giving each one its preferred width.  The height of each child is
     set to the maximum of the preferred heights of all children.

   * vbox The *vbox* container lays out its children from top to bottom,
     giving each one its preferred height.  The width of each child is
     set to the maximum of the preferred widths of all children.

7.3.6 Common properties
-----------------------

The following properties are supported by all components:
'left'
     The distance from the left border of container to left border of
     the object in either of three formats:
     x              Value in pixels
     p%             Percentage
     p%+x           mixture of both
'top'
     The distance from the left border of container to left border of
     the object in same format.
'width'
     The width of object in same format.
'height'
     The height of object in same format.
'id'
     The identifier for the component.  This can be any arbitrary
     string.  The ID can be used by scripts to refer to various
     components in the GUI component tree.  Currently, there is one
     special ID value that GRUB recognizes:

     "__timeout__"  Component with this ID will be updated by GRUB
                    and will indicate time elapsed to an automatical
                    boot of the default entry.  Affected components:
                    "label", "circular_progress", "progress_bar".


File: grub.info,  Node: Network,  Next: Serial terminal,  Prev: Theme file format,  Up: Top

8 Booting GRUB from the network
*******************************

The following instructions don't work for *-emu, i386-qemu,
i386-coreboot, i386-multiboot, mips_loongson, mips-arc and
mips_qemu_mips

   To generate a netbootable directory, run:

     grub-mknetdir --net-directory=/srv/tftp --subdir=/boot/grub -d /usr/lib/grub/<platform>

   E.g.  for i386-pc:

     grub-mknetdir --net-directory=/srv/tftp --subdir=/boot/grub -d /usr/lib/grub/i386-pc

   Then follow instructions printed out by grub-mknetdir on configuring
your DHCP server.

   The grub.cfg file is placed in the same directory as the path output
by grub-mknetdir hereafter referred to as FWPATH. GRUB will search for
its configuration files in order using the following rules where the
appended value corresponds to a value on the client machine.

     '(FWPATH)'/grub.cfg-'(UUID OF MACHINE)'
     '(FWPATH)'/grub.cfg-'(MAC ADDRESS OF NIC)'
     '(FWPATH)'/grub.cfg-'(IPv4 OR IPv6 ADDRESS)'
     '(FWPATH)'/grub.cfg

   The UUID is the Client Machine Identifier Option Definition as
specified in RFC 4578.  The client will only attempt to loouk up a UUID
config file if it was provided by the DHCP server.

   The client will only attempt to look up an IPv6 address config once,
however, it will try the IPv4 multiple times.  The concrete example
below shows what would happen under the IPv4 case.

     UUID: 7726a678-7fc0-4853-a4f6-c85ac36a120a
     MAC:  52:54:00:ec:33:81
     IPV4: 10.0.0.130 (0A000082)

     '(FWPATH)'/grub.cfg-7726a678-7fc0-4853-a4f6-c85ac36a120a
     '(FWPATH)'/grub.cfg-52-54-00-ec-33-81
     '(FWPATH)'/grub.cfg-0A000082
     '(FWPATH)'/grub.cfg-0A00008
     '(FWPATH)'/grub.cfg-0A0000
     '(FWPATH)'/grub.cfg-0A000
     '(FWPATH)'/grub.cfg-0A00
     '(FWPATH)'/grub.cfg-0A0
     '(FWPATH)'/grub.cfg-0A
     '(FWPATH)'/grub.cfg-0
     '(FWPATH)'/grub.cfg

   This feature is enabled by default but it can be disabled by setting
the 'feature_net_search_cfg' to 'n'.  Since this happens before the
configuration file is read by GRUB, this option has to be disabled in an
embedded configuration file (*note Embedded configuration::).

   After GRUB has started, files on the TFTP server will be accessible
via the '(tftp)' device.

   The server IP address can be controlled by changing the '(tftp)'
device name to '(tftp,SERVER-IP)'.  Note that this should be changed
both in the prefix and in any references to the device name in the
configuration file.

   GRUB provides several environment variables which may be used to
inspect or change the behaviour of the PXE device.  In the following
description <INTERFACE> is placeholder for the name of network interface
(platform dependent):

'net_<INTERFACE>_ip'
     The network interface's IP address.  Read-only.

'net_<INTERFACE>_mac'
     The network interface's MAC address.  Read-only.

'net_<INTERFACE>_hostname'
     The client host name provided by DHCP. Read-only.

'net_<INTERFACE>_domain'
     The client domain name provided by DHCP. Read-only.

'net_<INTERFACE>_rootpath'
     The path to the client's root disk provided by DHCP. Read-only.

'net_<INTERFACE>_extensionspath'
     The path to additional DHCP vendor extensions provided by DHCP.
     Read-only.

'net_<INTERFACE>_boot_file'
     The boot file name provided by DHCP. Read-only.

'net_<INTERFACE>_dhcp_server_name'
     The name of the DHCP server responsible for these boot parameters.
     Read-only.

'net_<INTERFACE>_next_server'
     The IP address of the next (usually, TFTP) server provided by DHCP.
     Read-only.

'net_default_interface'
     Initially set to name of network interface that was used to load
     grub.  Read-write, although setting it affects only interpretation
     of 'net_default_ip' and 'net_default_mac'

'net_default_ip'
     The IP address of default interface.  Read-only.  This is alias for
     the 'net_${net_default_interface}_ip'.

'net_default_mac'
     The default interface's MAC address.  Read-only.  This is alias for
     the 'net_${net_default_interface}_mac'.

'net_default_server'
     The default server used by network drives (*note Device syntax::).
     Read-write, although setting this is only useful before opening a
     network device.


File: grub.info,  Node: Serial terminal,  Next: Vendor power-on keys,  Prev: Network,  Up: Top

9 Using GRUB via a serial line
******************************

This chapter describes how to use the serial terminal support in GRUB.

   If you have many computers or computers with no display/keyboard, it
could be very useful to control the computers through serial
communications.  To connect one computer with another via a serial line,
you need to prepare a null-modem (cross) serial cable, and you may need
to have multiport serial boards, if your computer doesn't have extra
serial ports.  In addition, a terminal emulator is also required, such
as minicom.  Refer to a manual of your operating system, for more
information.

   As for GRUB, the instruction to set up a serial terminal is quite
simple.  Here is an example:

     grub> serial --unit=0 --speed=9600
     grub> terminal_input serial; terminal_output serial

   The command 'serial' initializes the serial unit 0 with the speed
9600bps.  The serial unit 0 is usually called 'COM1', so, if you want to
use COM2, you must specify '--unit=1' instead.  This command accepts
many other options, so please refer to *note serial::, for more details.

   The commands 'terminal_input' (*note terminal_input::) and
'terminal_output' (*note terminal_output::) choose which type of
terminal you want to use.  In the case above, the terminal will be a
serial terminal, but you can also pass 'console' to the command, as
'terminal_input serial console'.  In this case, a terminal in which you
press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.  In the example
above, note that you need to put both commands on the same command line,
as you will lose the ability to type commands on the console after the
first command.

   However, note that GRUB assumes that your terminal emulator is
compatible with VT100 by default.  This is true for most terminal
emulators nowadays, but you should pass the option '--dumb' to the
command if your terminal emulator is not VT100-compatible or implements
few VT100 escape sequences.  If you specify this option then GRUB
provides you with an alternative menu interface, because the normal menu
requires several fancy features of your terminal.


File: grub.info,  Node: Vendor power-on keys,  Next: Images,  Prev: Serial terminal,  Up: Top

10 Using GRUB with vendor power-on keys
***************************************

Some laptop vendors provide an additional power-on button which boots
another OS. GRUB supports such buttons with the 'GRUB_TIMEOUT_BUTTON',
'GRUB_TIMEOUT_STYLE_BUTTON', 'GRUB_DEFAULT_BUTTON', and
'GRUB_BUTTON_CMOS_ADDRESS' variables in default/grub (*note Simple
configuration::).  'GRUB_TIMEOUT_BUTTON', 'GRUB_TIMEOUT_STYLE_BUTTON',
and 'GRUB_DEFAULT_BUTTON' are used instead of the corresponding
variables without the '_BUTTON' suffix when powered on using the special
button.  'GRUB_BUTTON_CMOS_ADDRESS' is vendor-specific and partially
model-specific.  Values known to the GRUB team are:

<Dell XPS M1330M>
     121:3
<Dell XPS M1530>
     85:3
<Dell Latitude E4300>
     85:3
<Asus EeePC 1005PE>
     84:1 (unconfirmed)
<LENOVO ThinkPad T410s (2912W1C)>
     101:3

   To take full advantage of this function, install GRUB into the MBR
(*note Installing GRUB using grub-install::).

   If you have a laptop which has a similar feature and not in the above
list could you figure your address and contribute?  To discover the
address do the following:
   * boot normally
   *      sudo modprobe nvram
          sudo cat /dev/nvram | xxd > normal_button.txt
   * boot using vendor button
   *      sudo modprobe nvram
          sudo cat /dev/nvram | xxd > normal_vendor.txt

   Then compare these text files and find where a bit was toggled.  E.g.
in case of Dell XPS it was:
     byte 0x47: 20 --> 28
   It's a bit number 3 as seen from following table:
0              01
1              02
2              04
3              08
4              10
5              20
6              40
7              80

   0x47 is decimal 71.  Linux nvram implementation cuts first 14 bytes
of CMOS. So the real byte address in CMOS is 71+14=85 So complete
address is 85:3


File: grub.info,  Node: Images,  Next: Core image size limitation,  Prev: Vendor power-on keys,  Up: Top

11 GRUB image files
*******************

GRUB consists of several images: a variety of bootstrap images for
starting GRUB in various ways, a kernel image, and a set of modules
which are combined with the kernel image to form a core image.  Here is
a short overview of them.

'boot.img'
     On PC BIOS systems, this image is the first part of GRUB to start.
     It is written to a master boot record (MBR) or to the boot sector
     of a partition.  Because a PC boot sector is 512 bytes, the size of
     this image is exactly 512 bytes.

     The sole function of 'boot.img' is to read the first sector of the
     core image from a local disk and jump to it.  Because of the size
     restriction, 'boot.img' cannot understand any file system
     structure, so 'grub-install' hardcodes the location of the first
     sector of the core image into 'boot.img' when installing GRUB.

'diskboot.img'
     This image is used as the first sector of the core image when
     booting from a hard disk.  It reads the rest of the core image into
     memory and starts the kernel.  Since file system handling is not
     yet available, it encodes the location of the core image using a
     block list format.

'cdboot.img'
     This image is used as the first sector of the core image when
     booting from a CD-ROM drive.  It performs a similar function to
     'diskboot.img'.

'pxeboot.img'
     This image is used as the start of the core image when booting from
     the network using PXE. *Note Network::.

'lnxboot.img'
     This image may be placed at the start of the core image in order to
     make GRUB look enough like a Linux kernel that it can be booted by
     LILO using an 'image=' section.

'kernel.img'
     This image contains GRUB's basic run-time facilities: frameworks
     for device and file handling, environment variables, the rescue
     mode command-line parser, and so on.  It is rarely used directly,
     but is built into all core images.

'core.img'
     This is the core image of GRUB. It is built dynamically from the
     kernel image and an arbitrary list of modules by the 'grub-mkimage'
     program.  Usually, it contains enough modules to access
     '/boot/grub', and loads everything else (including menu handling,
     the ability to load target operating systems, and so on) from the
     file system at run-time.  The modular design allows the core image
     to be kept small, since the areas of disk where it must be
     installed are often as small as 32KB.

     *Note BIOS installation::, for details on where the core image can
     be installed on PC systems.

'*.mod'
     Everything else in GRUB resides in dynamically loadable modules.
     These are often loaded automatically, or built into the core image
     if they are essential, but may also be loaded manually using the
     'insmod' command (*note insmod::).

For GRUB Legacy users
=====================

GRUB 2 has a different design from GRUB Legacy, and so correspondences
with the images it used cannot be exact.  Nevertheless, GRUB Legacy
users often ask questions in the terms they are familiar with, and so
here is a brief guide to how GRUB 2's images relate to that.

'stage1'
     Stage 1 from GRUB Legacy was very similar to 'boot.img' in GRUB 2,
     and they serve the same function.

'*_stage1_5'
     In GRUB Legacy, Stage 1.5's function was to include enough
     filesystem code to allow the much larger Stage 2 to be read from an
     ordinary filesystem.  In this respect, its function was similar to
     'core.img' in GRUB 2.  However, 'core.img' is much more capable
     than Stage 1.5 was; since it offers a rescue shell, it is sometimes
     possible to recover manually in the event that it is unable to load
     any other modules, for example if partition numbers have changed.
     'core.img' is built in a more flexible way, allowing GRUB 2 to
     support reading modules from advanced disk types such as LVM and
     RAID.

     GRUB Legacy could run with only Stage 1 and Stage 2 in some limited
     configurations, while GRUB 2 requires 'core.img' and cannot work
     without it.

'stage2'
     GRUB 2 has no single Stage 2 image.  Instead, it loads modules from
     '/boot/grub' at run-time.

'stage2_eltorito'
     In GRUB 2, images for booting from CD-ROM drives are now
     constructed using 'cdboot.img' and 'core.img', making sure that the
     core image contains the 'iso9660' module.  It is usually best to
     use the 'grub-mkrescue' program for this.

'nbgrub'
     There is as yet no equivalent for 'nbgrub' in GRUB 2; it was used
     by Etherboot and some other network boot loaders.

'pxegrub'
     In GRUB 2, images for PXE network booting are now constructed using
     'pxeboot.img' and 'core.img', making sure that the core image
     contains the 'pxe' and 'pxecmd' modules.  *Note Network::.


File: grub.info,  Node: Core image size limitation,  Next: Filesystem,  Prev: Images,  Up: Top

12 Core image size limitation
*****************************

Heavily limited platforms:
   * i386-pc (normal and PXE): the core image size (compressed) is
     limited by 458240 bytes.  kernel.img (.text + .data + .bss,
     uncompressed) is limited by 392704 bytes.  module size
     (uncompressed) + kernel.img (.text + .data, uncompressed) is
     limited by the size of contiguous chunk at 1M address.
   * sparc64-ieee1275: kernel.img (.text + .data + .bss) + modules +
     256K (stack) + 2M (heap) is limited by space available at 0x4400.
     On most platforms it's just 3 or 4M since ieee1275 maps only so
     much.
   * i386-ieee1275: kernel.img (.text + .data + .bss) + modules is
     limited by memory available at 0x10000, at most 596K

   Lightly limited platforms:

   * *-xen: limited only by adress space and RAM size.
   * i386-qemu: kernel.img (.text + .data + .bss) is limited by 392704
     bytes.  (core.img would be limited by ROM size but it's unlimited
     on qemu
   * All EFI platforms: limited by contiguous RAM size and possibly
     firmware bugs
   * Coreboot and multiboot.  kernel.img (.text + .data + .bss) is
     limited by 392704 bytes.  module size is limited by the size of
     contiguous chunk at 1M address.
   * mipsel-loongson (ELF), mips(el)-qemu_mips (ELF): if uncompressed:
     kernel.img (.text + .data) + modules is limited by the space from
     80200000 forward if compressed: kernel.img (.text + .data,
     uncompressed) + modules (uncompressed) + (modules + kernel.img
     (.text + .data)) (compressed) + decompressor is limited by the
     space from 80200000 forward
   * mipsel-loongson (Flash), mips(el)-qemu_mips (Flash): kernel.img
     (.text + .data) + modules is limited by the space from 80200000
     forward core.img (final) is limited by flash size (512K on yeeloong
     and fulooong)
   * mips-arc: if uncompressed: kernel.img (.text + .data) is limited by
     the space from 8bd00000 forward modules + dummy decompressor is
     limited by the space from 8bd00000 backward if compressed:
     kernel.img (.text + .data, uncompressed) is limited by the space
     from 8bd00000 forward modules (uncompressed) + (modules +
     kernel.img (.text + .data)) (compressed, aligned to 1M) + 1M
     (decompressor + scratch space) is limited by the space from
     8bd00000 backward
   * powerpc-ieee1275: kernel.img (.text + .data + .bss) + modules is
     limited by space available at 0x200000


File: grub.info,  Node: Filesystem,  Next: Interface,  Prev: Core image size limitation,  Up: Top

13 Filesystem syntax and semantics
**********************************

GRUB uses a special syntax for specifying disk drives which can be
accessed by BIOS. Because of BIOS limitations, GRUB cannot distinguish
between IDE, ESDI, SCSI, or others.  You must know yourself which BIOS
device is equivalent to which OS device.  Normally, that will be clear
if you see the files in a device or use the command 'search' (*note
search::).

* Menu:

* Device syntax::               How to specify devices
* File name syntax::            How to specify files
* Block list syntax::           How to specify block lists


File: grub.info,  Node: Device syntax,  Next: File name syntax,  Up: Filesystem

13.1 How to specify devices
===========================

The device syntax is like this:

     (DEVICE[,PARTMAP-NAME1PART-NUM1[,PARTMAP-NAME2PART-NUM2[,...]]])

   '[]' means the parameter is optional.  DEVICE depends on the disk
driver in use.  BIOS and EFI disks use either 'fd' or 'hd' followed by a
digit, like 'fd0', or 'cd'.  AHCI, PATA (ata), crypto, USB use the name
of driver followed by a number.  Memdisk and host are limited to one
disk and so it's refered just by driver name.  RAID (md), ofdisk
(ieee1275 and nand), LVM (lvm), LDM, virtio (vdsk) and arcdisk (arc) use
intrinsic name of disk prefixed by driver name.  Additionally just
"nand" refers to the disk aliased as "nand".  Conflicts are solved by
suffixing a number if necessarry.  Commas need to be escaped.  Loopback
uses whatever name specified to 'loopback' command.  Hostdisk uses names
specified in device.map as long as it's of the form [fhc]d[0-9]* or
hostdisk/<OS DEVICE>.  For crypto and RAID (md) additionally you can use
the syntax <driver name>uuid/<uuid>.  For LVM additionally you can use
the syntax lvmid/<volume-group-uuid>/<volume-uuid>.

     (fd0)
     (hd0)
     (cd)
     (ahci0)
     (ata0)
     (crypto0)
     (usb0)
     (cryptouuid/123456789abcdef0123456789abcdef0)
     (mduuid/123456789abcdef0123456789abcdef0)
     (lvm/system-root)
     (lvmid/F1ikgD-2RES-306G-il9M-7iwa-4NKW-EbV1NV/eLGuCQ-L4Ka-XUgR-sjtJ-ffch-bajr-fCNfz5)
     (md/myraid)
     (md/0)
     (ieee1275/disk2)
     (ieee1275//pci@1f\,0/ide@d/disk@2)
     (nand)
     (memdisk)
     (host)
     (myloop)
     (hostdisk//dev/sda)

   PART-NUM represents the partition number of DEVICE, starting from
one.  PARTNAME is optional but is recommended since disk may have
several top-level partmaps.  Specifying third and later component you
can access to subpartitions.

   The syntax '(hd0)' represents using the entire disk (or the MBR when
installing GRUB), while the syntax '(hd0,1)' represents using the first
partition of the disk (or the boot sector of the partition when
installing GRUB).

     (hd0,msdos1)
     (hd0,msdos1,msdos5)
     (hd0,msdos1,bsd3)
     (hd0,netbsd1)
     (hd0,gpt1)
     (hd0,1,3)

   If you enabled the network support, the special drives
'(PROTOCOL[,SERVER])' are also available.  Supported protocols are
'http' and 'tftp'.  If SERVER is omitted, value of environment variable
'net_default_server' is used.  Before using the network drive, you must
initialize the network.  *Note Network::, for more information.

   If you boot GRUB from a CD-ROM, '(cd)' is available.  *Note Making a
GRUB bootable CD-ROM::, for details.


File: grub.info,  Node: File name syntax,  Next: Block list syntax,  Prev: Device syntax,  Up: Filesystem

13.2 How to specify files
=========================

There are two ways to specify files, by "absolute file name" and by
"block list".

   An absolute file name resembles a Unix absolute file name, using '/'
for the directory separator (not '\' as in DOS). One example is
'(hd0,1)/boot/grub/grub.cfg'.  This means the file '/boot/grub/grub.cfg'
in the first partition of the first hard disk.  If you omit the device
name in an absolute file name, GRUB uses GRUB's "root device"
implicitly.  So if you set the root device to, say, '(hd1,1)' by the
command 'set root=(hd1,1)' (*note set::), then '/boot/kernel' is the
same as '(hd1,1)/boot/kernel'.

   On ZFS filesystem the first path component must be
VOLUME'@'[SNAPSHOT].  So '/rootvol@snap-129/boot/grub/grub.cfg' refers
to file '/boot/grub/grub.cfg' in snapshot of volume 'rootvol' with name
'snap-129'.  Trailing '@' after volume name is mandatory even if
snapshot name is omitted.


File: grub.info,  Node: Block list syntax,  Prev: File name syntax,  Up: Filesystem

13.3 How to specify block lists
===============================

A block list is used for specifying a file that doesn't appear in the
filesystem, like a chainloader.  The syntax is
'[OFFSET]+LENGTH[,[OFFSET]+LENGTH]...'.  Here is an example:

     0+100,200+1,300+300

   This represents that GRUB should read blocks 0 through 99, block 200,
and blocks 300 through 599.  If you omit an offset, then GRUB assumes
the offset is zero.

   Like the file name syntax (*note File name syntax::), if a blocklist
does not contain a device name, then GRUB uses GRUB's "root device".  So
'(hd0,2)+1' is the same as '+1' when the root device is '(hd0,2)'.


File: grub.info,  Node: Interface,  Next: Environment,  Prev: Filesystem,  Up: Top

14 GRUB's user interface
************************

GRUB has both a simple menu interface for choosing preset entries from a
configuration file, and a highly flexible command-line for performing
any desired combination of boot commands.

   GRUB looks for its configuration file as soon as it is loaded.  If
one is found, then the full menu interface is activated using whatever
entries were found in the file.  If you choose the "command-line" menu
option, or if the configuration file was not found, then GRUB drops to
the command-line interface.

* Menu:

* Command-line interface::      The flexible command-line interface
* Menu interface::              The simple menu interface
* Menu entry editor::           Editing a menu entry


File: grub.info,  Node: Command-line interface,  Next: Menu interface,  Up: Interface

14.1 The flexible command-line interface
========================================

The command-line interface provides a prompt and after it an editable
text area much like a command-line in Unix or DOS. Each command is
immediately executed after it is entered(1) (*note Command-line
interface-Footnote-1::).  The commands (*note Command-line and menu
entry commands::) are a subset of those available in the configuration
file, used with exactly the same syntax.

   Cursor movement and editing of the text on the line can be done via a
subset of the functions available in the Bash shell:

<C-f>
<PC right key>
     Move forward one character.

<C-b>
<PC left key>
     Move back one character.

<C-a>
<HOME>
     Move to the start of the line.

<C-e>
<END>
     Move the the end of the line.

<C-d>
<DEL>
     Delete the character underneath the cursor.

<C-h>
<BS>
     Delete the character to the left of the cursor.

<C-k>
     Kill the text from the current cursor position to the end of the
     line.

<C-u>
     Kill backward from the cursor to the beginning of the line.

<C-y>
     Yank the killed text back into the buffer at the cursor.

<C-p>
<PC up key>
     Move up through the history list.

<C-n>
<PC down key>
     Move down through the history list.

   When typing commands interactively, if the cursor is within or before
the first word in the command-line, pressing the <TAB> key (or <C-i>)
will display a listing of the available commands, and if the cursor is
after the first word, the '<TAB>' will provide a completion listing of
disks, partitions, and file names depending on the context.  Note that
to obtain a list of drives, one must open a parenthesis, as 'root ('.

   Note that you cannot use the completion functionality in the TFTP
filesystem.  This is because TFTP doesn't support file name listing for
the security.


File: grub.info,  Node: Command-line interface-Footnotes,  Up: Command-line interface

   (1) However, this behavior will be changed in the future version, in
a user-invisible way.


File: grub.info,  Node: Menu interface,  Next: Menu entry editor,  Prev: Command-line interface,  Up: Interface

14.2 The simple menu interface
==============================

The menu interface is quite easy to use.  Its commands are both
reasonably intuitive and described on screen.

   Basically, the menu interface provides a list of "boot entries" to
the user to choose from.  Use the arrow keys to select the entry of
choice, then press <RET> to run it.  An optional timeout is available to
boot the default entry (the first one if not set), which is aborted by
pressing any key.

   Commands are available to enter a bare command-line by pressing <c>
(which operates exactly like the non-config-file version of GRUB, but
allows one to return to the menu if desired by pressing <ESC>) or to
edit any of the "boot entries" by pressing <e>.

   If you protect the menu interface with a password (*note Security::),
all you can do is choose an entry by pressing <RET>, or press <p> to
enter the password.


File: grub.info,  Node: Menu entry editor,  Prev: Menu interface,  Up: Interface

14.3 Editing a menu entry
=========================

The menu entry editor looks much like the main menu interface, but the
lines in the menu are individual commands in the selected entry instead
of entry names.

   If an <ESC> is pressed in the editor, it aborts all the changes made
to the configuration entry and returns to the main menu interface.

   Each line in the menu entry can be edited freely, and you can add new
lines by pressing <RET> at the end of a line.  To boot the edited entry,
press <Ctrl-x>.

   Although GRUB unfortunately does not support "undo", you can do
almost the same thing by just returning to the main menu using <ESC>.


File: grub.info,  Node: Environment,  Next: Commands,  Prev: Interface,  Up: Top

15 GRUB environment variables
*****************************

GRUB supports environment variables which are rather like those offered
by all Unix-like systems.  Environment variables have a name, which is
unique and is usually a short identifier, and a value, which is an
arbitrary string of characters.  They may be set (*note set::), unset
(*note unset::), or looked up (*note Shell-like scripting::) by name.

   A number of environment variables have special meanings to various
parts of GRUB. Others may be used freely in GRUB configuration files.

* Menu:

* Special environment variables::
* Environment block::


File: grub.info,  Node: Special environment variables,  Next: Environment block,  Up: Environment

15.1 Special environment variables
==================================

These variables have special meaning to GRUB.

* Menu:

* biosnum::
* check_signatures::
* chosen::
* cmdpath::
* color_highlight::
* color_normal::
* config_directory::
* config_file::
* debug::
* default::
* fallback::
* gfxmode::
* gfxpayload::
* gfxterm_font::
* grub_cpu::
* grub_platform::
* icondir::
* lang::
* locale_dir::
* menu_color_highlight::
* menu_color_normal::
* net_<INTERFACE>_boot_file::
* net_<INTERFACE>_dhcp_server_name::
* net_<INTERFACE>_domain::
* net_<INTERFACE>_extensionspath::
* net_<INTERFACE>_hostname::
* net_<INTERFACE>_ip::
* net_<INTERFACE>_mac::
* net_<INTERFACE>_next_server::
* net_<INTERFACE>_rootpath::
* net_default_interface::
* net_default_ip::
* net_default_mac::
* net_default_server::
* pager::
* prefix::
* pxe_blksize::
* pxe_default_gateway::
* pxe_default_server::
* root::
* superusers::
* theme::
* timeout::
* timeout_style::


File: grub.info,  Node: biosnum,  Next: check_signatures,  Up: Special environment variables

15.1.1 biosnum
--------------

When chain-loading another boot loader (*note Chain-loading::), GRUB may
need to know what BIOS drive number corresponds to the root device
(*note root::) so that it can set up registers properly.  If the BIOSNUM
variable is set, it overrides GRUB's own means of guessing this.

   For an alternative approach which also changes BIOS drive mappings
for the chain-loaded system, *note drivemap::.


File: grub.info,  Node: check_signatures,  Next: chosen,  Prev: biosnum,  Up: Special environment variables

15.1.2 check_signatures
-----------------------

This variable controls whether GRUB enforces digital signature
validation on loaded files.  *Note Using digital signatures::.


File: grub.info,  Node: chosen,  Next: cmdpath,  Prev: check_signatures,  Up: Special environment variables

15.1.3 chosen
-------------

When executing a menu entry, GRUB sets the CHOSEN variable to the title
of the entry being executed.

   If the menu entry is in one or more submenus, then CHOSEN is set to
the titles of each of the submenus starting from the top level followed
by the title of the menu entry itself, separated by '>'.


File: grub.info,  Node: cmdpath,  Next: color_highlight,  Prev: chosen,  Up: Special environment variables

15.1.4 cmdpath
--------------

The location from which 'core.img' was loaded as an absolute directory
name (*note File name syntax::).  This is set by GRUB at startup based
on information returned by platform firmware.  Not every platform
provides this information and some may return only device without path
name.


File: grub.info,  Node: color_highlight,  Next: color_normal,  Prev: cmdpath,  Up: Special environment variables

15.1.5 color_highlight
----------------------

This variable contains the "highlight" foreground and background
terminal colors, separated by a slash ('/').  Setting this variable
changes those colors.  For the available color names, *note
color_normal::.

   The default is 'black/light-gray'.


File: grub.info,  Node: color_normal,  Next: config_directory,  Prev: color_highlight,  Up: Special environment variables

15.1.6 color_normal
-------------------

This variable contains the "normal" foreground and background terminal
colors, separated by a slash ('/').  Setting this variable changes those
colors.  Each color must be a name from the following list:

   * black
   * blue
   * green
   * cyan
   * red
   * magenta
   * brown
   * light-gray
   * dark-gray
   * light-blue
   * light-green
   * light-cyan
   * light-red
   * light-magenta
   * yellow
   * white

   The default is 'light-gray/black'.

   The color support support varies from terminal to terminal.

   'morse' has no color support at all.

   'mda_text' color support is limited to highlighting by black/white
reversal.

   'console' on ARC, EMU and IEEE1275, 'serial_*' and 'spkmodem' are
governed by terminfo and support only 8 colors if in modes 'vt100-color'
(default for console on emu), 'arc' (default for console on ARC),
'ieee1275' (default for console on IEEE1275).  When in mode 'vt100' then
the color support is limited to highlighting by black/white reversal.
When in mode 'dumb' there is no color support.

   When console supports no colors this setting is ignored.  When
console supports 8 colors, then the colors from the second half of the
previous list are mapped to the matching colors of first half.

   'console' on EFI and BIOS and 'vga_text' support all 16 colors.

   'gfxterm' supports all 16 colors and would be theoretically
extendable to support whole rgb24 palette but currently there is no
compelling reason to go beyond the current 16 colors.


File: grub.info,  Node: config_directory,  Next: config_file,  Prev: color_normal,  Up: Special environment variables

15.1.7 config_directory
-----------------------

This variable is automatically set by GRUB to the directory part of
current configuration file name (*note config_file::).


File: grub.info,  Node: config_file,  Next: debug,  Prev: config_directory,  Up: Special environment variables

15.1.8 config_file
------------------

This variable is automatically set by GRUB to the name of configuration
file that is being processed by commands 'configfile' (*note
configfile::) or 'normal' (*note normal::).  It is restored to the
previous value when command completes.


File: grub.info,  Node: debug,  Next: default,  Prev: config_file,  Up: Special environment variables

15.1.9 debug
------------

This variable may be set to enable debugging output from various
components of GRUB. The value is a list of debug facility names
separated by whitespace or ',', or 'all' to enable all available
debugging output.  The facility names are the first argument to
grub_dprintf.  Consult source for more details.


File: grub.info,  Node: default,  Next: fallback,  Prev: debug,  Up: Special environment variables

15.1.10 default
---------------

If this variable is set, it identifies a menu entry that should be
selected by default, possibly after a timeout (*note timeout::).  The
entry may be identified by number (starting from 0 at each level of the
hierarchy), by title, or by id.

   For example, if you have:

menuentry 'Example GNU/Linux distribution' --class gnu-linux --id example-gnu-linux {
	...
}

   then you can make this the default using:

     default=example-gnu-linux

   If the entry is in a submenu, then it must be identified using the
number, title, or id of each of the submenus starting from the top
level, followed by the number, title, or id of the menu entry itself,
with each element separated by '>'.  For example, take the following
menu structure:

     GNU/Hurd --id gnu-hurd
       Standard Boot --id=gnu-hurd-std
       Rescue shell --id=gnu-hurd-rescue
     Other platforms --id=other
       Minix --id=minix
         Version 3.4.0 --id=minix-3.4.0
         Version 3.3.0 --id=minix-3.3.0
       GRUB Invaders --id=grub-invaders

   The more recent release of Minix would then be identified as 'Other
platforms>Minix>Version 3.4.0', or as '1>0>0', or as
'other>minix>minix-3.4.0'.

   This variable is often set by 'GRUB_DEFAULT' (*note Simple
configuration::), 'grub-set-default', or 'grub-reboot'.


File: grub.info,  Node: fallback,  Next: gfxmode,  Prev: default,  Up: Special environment variables

15.1.11 fallback
----------------

If this variable is set, it identifies a menu entry that should be
selected if the default menu entry fails to boot.  Entries are
identified in the same way as for 'default' (*note default::).


File: grub.info,  Node: gfxmode,  Next: gfxpayload,  Prev: fallback,  Up: Special environment variables

15.1.12 gfxmode
---------------

If this variable is set, it sets the resolution used on the 'gfxterm'
graphical terminal.  Note that you can only use modes which your
graphics card supports via VESA BIOS Extensions (VBE), so for example
native LCD panel resolutions may not be available.  The default is
'auto', which selects a platform-specific default that should look
reasonable.  Supported modes can be listed by 'videoinfo' command in
GRUB.

   The resolution may be specified as a sequence of one or more modes,
separated by commas (',') or semicolons (';'); each will be tried in
turn until one is found.  Each mode should be either 'auto',
'WIDTHxHEIGHT', or 'WIDTHxHEIGHTxDEPTH'.


File: grub.info,  Node: gfxpayload,  Next: gfxterm_font,  Prev: gfxmode,  Up: Special environment variables

15.1.13 gfxpayload
------------------

If this variable is set, it controls the video mode in which the Linux
kernel starts up, replacing the 'vga=' boot option (*note linux::).  It
may be set to 'text' to force the Linux kernel to boot in normal text
mode, 'keep' to preserve the graphics mode set using 'gfxmode', or any
of the permitted values for 'gfxmode' to set a particular graphics mode
(*note gfxmode::).

   Depending on your kernel, your distribution, your graphics card, and
the phase of the moon, note that using this option may cause GNU/Linux
to suffer from various display problems, particularly during the early
part of the boot sequence.  If you have problems, set this variable to
'text' and GRUB will tell Linux to boot in normal text mode.

   The default is platform-specific.  On platforms with a native text
mode (such as PC BIOS platforms), the default is 'text'.  Otherwise the
default may be 'auto' or a specific video mode.

   This variable is often set by 'GRUB_GFXPAYLOAD_LINUX' (*note Simple
configuration::).


File: grub.info,  Node: gfxterm_font,  Next: grub_cpu,  Prev: gfxpayload,  Up: Special environment variables

15.1.14 gfxterm_font
--------------------

If this variable is set, it names a font to use for text on the
'gfxterm' graphical terminal.  Otherwise, 'gfxterm' may use any
available font.


File: grub.info,  Node: grub_cpu,  Next: grub_platform,  Prev: gfxterm_font,  Up: Special environment variables

15.1.15 grub_cpu
----------------

In normal mode (*note normal::), GRUB sets the 'grub_cpu' variable to
the CPU type for which GRUB was built (e.g.  'i386' or 'powerpc').


File: grub.info,  Node: grub_platform,  Next: icondir,  Prev: grub_cpu,  Up: Special environment variables

15.1.16 grub_platform
---------------------

In normal mode (*note normal::), GRUB sets the 'grub_platform' variable
to the platform for which GRUB was built (e.g.  'pc' or 'efi').


File: grub.info,  Node: icondir,  Next: lang,  Prev: grub_platform,  Up: Special environment variables

15.1.17 icondir
---------------

If this variable is set, it names a directory in which the GRUB
graphical menu should look for icons after looking in the theme's
'icons' directory.  *Note Theme file format::.


File: grub.info,  Node: lang,  Next: locale_dir,  Prev: icondir,  Up: Special environment variables

15.1.18 lang
------------

If this variable is set, it names the language code that the 'gettext'
command (*note gettext::) uses to translate strings.  For example,
French would be named as 'fr', and Simplified Chinese as 'zh_CN'.

   'grub-mkconfig' (*note Simple configuration::) will try to set a
reasonable default for this variable based on the system locale.


File: grub.info,  Node: locale_dir,  Next: menu_color_highlight,  Prev: lang,  Up: Special environment variables

15.1.19 locale_dir
------------------

If this variable is set, it names the directory where translation files
may be found (*note gettext::), usually '/boot/grub/locale'.  Otherwise,
internationalization is disabled.

   'grub-mkconfig' (*note Simple configuration::) will set a reasonable
default for this variable if internationalization is needed and any
translation files are available.


File: grub.info,  Node: menu_color_highlight,  Next: menu_color_normal,  Prev: locale_dir,  Up: Special environment variables

15.1.20 menu_color_highlight
----------------------------

This variable contains the foreground and background colors to be used
for the highlighted menu entry, separated by a slash ('/').  Setting
this variable changes those colors.  For the available color names,
*note color_normal::.

   The default is the value of 'color_highlight' (*note
color_highlight::).


File: grub.info,  Node: menu_color_normal,  Next: net_<INTERFACE>_boot_file,  Prev: menu_color_highlight,  Up: Special environment variables

15.1.21 menu_color_normal
-------------------------

This variable contains the foreground and background colors to be used
for non-highlighted menu entries, separated by a slash ('/').  Setting
this variable changes those colors.  For the available color names,
*note color_normal::.

   The default is the value of 'color_normal' (*note color_normal::).


File: grub.info,  Node: net_<INTERFACE>_boot_file,  Next: net_<INTERFACE>_dhcp_server_name,  Prev: menu_color_normal,  Up: Special environment variables

15.1.22 net_<INTERFACE>_boot_file
---------------------------------

*Note Network::.


File: grub.info,  Node: net_<INTERFACE>_dhcp_server_name,  Next: net_<INTERFACE>_domain,  Prev: net_<INTERFACE>_boot_file,  Up: Special environment variables

15.1.23 net_<INTERFACE>_dhcp_server_name
----------------------------------------

*Note Network::.


File: grub.info,  Node: net_<INTERFACE>_domain,  Next: net_<INTERFACE>_extensionspath,  Prev: net_<INTERFACE>_dhcp_server_name,  Up: Special environment variables

15.1.24 net_<INTERFACE>_domain
------------------------------

*Note Network::.


File: grub.info,  Node: net_<INTERFACE>_extensionspath,  Next: net_<INTERFACE>_hostname,  Prev: net_<INTERFACE>_domain,  Up: Special environment variables

15.1.25 net_<INTERFACE>_extensionspath
--------------------------------------

*Note Network::.


File: grub.info,  Node: net_<INTERFACE>_hostname,  Next: net_<INTERFACE>_ip,  Prev: net_<INTERFACE>_extensionspath,  Up: Special environment variables

15.1.26 net_<INTERFACE>_hostname
--------------------------------

*Note Network::.


File: grub.info,  Node: net_<INTERFACE>_ip,  Next: net_<INTERFACE>_mac,  Prev: net_<INTERFACE>_hostname,  Up: Special environment variables

15.1.27 net_<INTERFACE>_ip
--------------------------

*Note Network::.


File: grub.info,  Node: net_<INTERFACE>_mac,  Next: net_<INTERFACE>_next_server,  Prev: net_<INTERFACE>_ip,  Up: Special environment variables

15.1.28 net_<INTERFACE>_mac
---------------------------

*Note Network::.


File: grub.info,  Node: net_<INTERFACE>_next_server,  Next: net_<INTERFACE>_rootpath,  Prev: net_<INTERFACE>_mac,  Up: Special environment variables

15.1.29 net_<INTERFACE>_next_server
-----------------------------------

*Note Network::.


File: grub.info,  Node: net_<INTERFACE>_rootpath,  Next: net_default_interface,  Prev: net_<INTERFACE>_next_server,  Up: Special environment variables

15.1.30 net_<INTERFACE>_rootpath
--------------------------------

*Note Network::.


File: grub.info,  Node: net_default_interface,  Next: net_default_ip,  Prev: net_<INTERFACE>_rootpath,  Up: Special environment variables

15.1.31 net_default_interface
-----------------------------

*Note Network::.


File: grub.info,  Node: net_default_ip,  Next: net_default_mac,  Prev: net_default_interface,  Up: Special environment variables

15.1.32 net_default_ip
----------------------

*Note Network::.


File: grub.info,  Node: net_default_mac,  Next: net_default_server,  Prev: net_default_ip,  Up: Special environment variables

15.1.33 net_default_mac
-----------------------

*Note Network::.


File: grub.info,  Node: net_default_server,  Next: pager,  Prev: net_default_mac,  Up: Special environment variables

15.1.34 net_default_server
--------------------------

*Note Network::.


File: grub.info,  Node: pager,  Next: prefix,  Prev: net_default_server,  Up: Special environment variables

15.1.35 pager
-------------

If set to '1', pause output after each screenful and wait for keyboard
input.  The default is not to pause output.


File: grub.info,  Node: prefix,  Next: pxe_blksize,  Prev: pager,  Up: Special environment variables

15.1.36 prefix
--------------

The location of the '/boot/grub' directory as an absolute file name
(*note File name syntax::).  This is normally set by GRUB at startup
based on information provided by 'grub-install'.  GRUB modules are
dynamically loaded from this directory, so it must be set correctly in
order for many parts of GRUB to work.


File: grub.info,  Node: pxe_blksize,  Next: pxe_default_gateway,  Prev: prefix,  Up: Special environment variables

15.1.37 pxe_blksize
-------------------

*Note Network::.


File: grub.info,  Node: pxe_default_gateway,  Next: pxe_default_server,  Prev: pxe_blksize,  Up: Special environment variables

15.1.38 pxe_default_gateway
---------------------------

*Note Network::.


File: grub.info,  Node: pxe_default_server,  Next: root,  Prev: pxe_default_gateway,  Up: Special environment variables

15.1.39 pxe_default_server
--------------------------

*Note Network::.


File: grub.info,  Node: root,  Next: superusers,  Prev: pxe_default_server,  Up: Special environment variables

15.1.40 root
------------

The root device name (*note Device syntax::).  Any file names that do
not specify an explicit device name are read from this device.  The
default is normally set by GRUB at startup based on the value of
'prefix' (*note prefix::).

   For example, if GRUB was installed to the first partition of the
first hard disk, then 'prefix' might be set to '(hd0,msdos1)/boot/grub'
and 'root' to 'hd0,msdos1'.


File: grub.info,  Node: superusers,  Next: theme,  Prev: root,  Up: Special environment variables

15.1.41 superusers
------------------

This variable may be set to a list of superuser names to enable
authentication support.  *Note Security::.


File: grub.info,  Node: theme,  Next: timeout,  Prev: superusers,  Up: Special environment variables

15.1.42 theme
-------------

This variable may be set to a directory containing a GRUB graphical menu
theme.  *Note Theme file format::.

   This variable is often set by 'GRUB_THEME' (*note Simple
configuration::).


File: grub.info,  Node: timeout,  Next: timeout_style,  Prev: theme,  Up: Special environment variables

15.1.43 timeout
---------------

If this variable is set, it specifies the time in seconds to wait for
keyboard input before booting the default menu entry.  A timeout of '0'
means to boot the default entry immediately without displaying the menu;
a timeout of '-1' (or unset) means to wait indefinitely.

   If 'timeout_style' (*note timeout_style::) is set to 'countdown' or
'hidden', the timeout is instead counted before the menu is displayed.

   This variable is often set by 'GRUB_TIMEOUT' (*note Simple
configuration::).


File: grub.info,  Node: timeout_style,  Prev: timeout,  Up: Special environment variables

15.1.44 timeout_style
---------------------

This variable may be set to 'menu', 'countdown', or 'hidden' to control
the way in which the timeout (*note timeout::) interacts with displaying
the menu.  See the documentation of 'GRUB_TIMEOUT_STYLE' (*note Simple
configuration::) for details.


File: grub.info,  Node: Environment block,  Prev: Special environment variables,  Up: Environment

15.2 The GRUB environment block
===============================

It is often useful to be able to remember a small amount of information
from one boot to the next.  For example, you might want to set the
default menu entry based on what was selected the last time.  GRUB
deliberately does not implement support for writing files in order to
minimise the possibility of the boot loader being responsible for file
system corruption, so a GRUB configuration file cannot just create a
file in the ordinary way.  However, GRUB provides an "environment block"
which can be used to save a small amount of state.

   The environment block is a preallocated 1024-byte file, which
normally lives in '/boot/grub/grubenv' (although you should not assume
this).  At boot time, the 'load_env' command (*note load_env::) loads
environment variables from it, and the 'save_env' (*note save_env::)
command saves environment variables to it.  From a running system, the
'grub-editenv' utility can be used to edit the environment block.

   For safety reasons, this storage is only available when installed on
a plain disk (no LVM or RAID), using a non-checksumming filesystem (no
ZFS), and using BIOS or EFI functions (no ATA, USB or IEEE1275).

   'grub-mkconfig' uses this facility to implement 'GRUB_SAVEDEFAULT'
(*note Simple configuration::).


File: grub.info,  Node: Commands,  Next: Internationalisation,  Prev: Environment,  Up: Top

16 The list of available commands
*********************************

In this chapter, we list all commands that are available in GRUB.

   Commands belong to different groups.  A few can only be used in the
global section of the configuration file (or "menu"); most of them can
be entered on the command-line and can be used either anywhere in the
menu or specifically in the menu entries.

   In rescue mode, only the 'insmod' (*note insmod::), 'ls' (*note
ls::), 'set' (*note set::), and 'unset' (*note unset::) commands are
normally available.  If you end up in rescue mode and do not know what
to do, then *note GRUB only offers a rescue shell::.

* Menu:

* Menu-specific commands::
* General commands::
* Command-line and menu entry commands::
* Networking commands::


File: grub.info,  Node: Menu-specific commands,  Next: General commands,  Up: Commands

16.1 The list of commands for the menu only
===========================================

The semantics used in parsing the configuration file are the following:

   * The files _must_ be in plain-text format.

   * '#' at the beginning of a line in a configuration file means it is
     only a comment.

   * Options are separated by spaces.

   * All numbers can be either decimal or hexadecimal.  A hexadecimal
     number must be preceded by '0x', and is case-insensitive.

   These commands can only be used in the menu:

* Menu:

* menuentry::                   Start a menu entry
* submenu::                     Group menu entries


File: grub.info,  Node: menuentry,  Next: submenu,  Up: Menu-specific commands

16.1.1 menuentry
----------------

 -- Command: menuentry TITLE ['--class=class' ...] ['--users=users']
          ['--unrestricted'] ['--hotkey=key'] ['--id=id'] [ARG ...] {
          COMMAND; ... }
     This defines a GRUB menu entry named TITLE.  When this entry is
     selected from the menu, GRUB will set the CHOSEN environment
     variable to value of '--id' if '--id' is given, execute the list of
     commands given within braces, and if the last command in the list
     returned successfully and a kernel was loaded it will execute the
     'boot' command.

     The '--class' option may be used any number of times to group menu
     entries into classes.  Menu themes may display different classes
     using different styles.

     The '--users' option grants specific users access to specific menu
     entries.  *Note Security::.

     The '--unrestricted' option grants all users access to specific
     menu entries.  *Note Security::.

     The '--hotkey' option associates a hotkey with a menu entry.  KEY
     may be a single letter, or one of the aliases 'backspace', 'tab',
     or 'delete'.

     The '--id' may be used to associate unique identifier with a menu
     entry.  ID is string of ASCII aphanumeric characters, underscore
     and hyphen and should not start with a digit.

     All other arguments including TITLE are passed as positional
     parameters when list of commands is executed with TITLE always
     assigned to '$1'.


File: grub.info,  Node: submenu,  Prev: menuentry,  Up: Menu-specific commands

16.1.2 submenu
--------------

 -- Command: submenu TITLE ['--class=class' ...] ['--users=users']
          ['--unrestricted'] ['--hotkey=key'] ['--id=id'] { MENU ENTRIES
          ... }
     This defines a submenu.  An entry called TITLE will be added to the
     menu; when that entry is selected, a new menu will be displayed
     showing all the entries within this submenu.

     All options are the same as in the 'menuentry' command (*note
     menuentry::).


File: grub.info,  Node: General commands,  Next: Command-line and menu entry commands,  Prev: Menu-specific commands,  Up: Commands

16.2 The list of general commands
=================================

Commands usable anywhere in the menu and in the command-line.

* Menu:

* serial::                      Set up a serial device
* terminal_input::              Manage input terminals
* terminal_output::             Manage output terminals
* terminfo::                    Define terminal type


File: grub.info,  Node: serial,  Next: terminal_input,  Up: General commands

16.2.1 serial
-------------

 -- Command: serial ['--unit=unit'] ['--port=port'] ['--speed=speed']
          ['--word=word'] ['--parity=parity'] ['--stop=stop']
     Initialize a serial device.  UNIT is a number in the range 0-3
     specifying which serial port to use; default is 0, which
     corresponds to the port often called COM1.  PORT is the I/O port
     where the UART is to be found; if specified it takes precedence
     over UNIT.  SPEED is the transmission speed; default is 9600.  WORD
     and STOP are the number of data bits and stop bits.  Data bits must
     be in the range 5-8 and stop bits must be 1 or 2.  Default is 8
     data bits and one stop bit.  PARITY is one of 'no', 'odd', 'even'
     and defaults to 'no'.

     The serial port is not used as a communication channel unless the
     'terminal_input' or 'terminal_output' command is used (*note
     terminal_input::, *note terminal_output::).

     See also *note Serial terminal::.


File: grub.info,  Node: terminal_input,  Next: terminal_output,  Prev: serial,  Up: General commands

16.2.2 terminal_input
---------------------

 -- Command: terminal_input ['--append'|'--remove'] [terminal1]
          [terminal2] ...
     List or select an input terminal.

     With no arguments, list the active and available input terminals.

     With '--append', add the named terminals to the list of active
     input terminals; any of these may be used to provide input to GRUB.

     With '--remove', remove the named terminals from the active list.

     With no options but a list of terminal names, make only the listed
     terminal names active.


File: grub.info,  Node: terminal_output,  Next: terminfo,  Prev: terminal_input,  Up: General commands

16.2.3 terminal_output
----------------------

 -- Command: terminal_output ['--append'|'--remove'] [terminal1]
          [terminal2] ...
     List or select an output terminal.

     With no arguments, list the active and available output terminals.

     With '--append', add the named terminals to the list of active
     output terminals; all of these will receive output from GRUB.

     With '--remove', remove the named terminals from the active list.

     With no options but a list of terminal names, make only the listed
     terminal names active.


File: grub.info,  Node: terminfo,  Prev: terminal_output,  Up: General commands

16.2.4 terminfo
---------------

 -- Command: terminfo ['-a'|'-u'|'-v'] ['-g WxH'] [term] [type]
     Define the capabilities of your terminal by giving the name of an
     entry in the terminfo database, which should correspond roughly to
     a 'TERM' environment variable in Unix.

     The currently available terminal types are 'vt100', 'vt100-color',
     'ieee1275', and 'dumb'.  If you need other terminal types, please
     contact us to discuss the best way to include support for these in
     GRUB.

     The '-a' ('--ascii'), '-u' ('--utf8'), and '-v' ('--visual-utf8')
     options control how non-ASCII text is displayed.  '-a' specifies an
     ASCII-only terminal; '-u' specifies logically-ordered UTF-8; and
     '-v' specifies "visually-ordered UTF-8" (in other words, arranged
     such that a terminal emulator without bidirectional text support
     will display right-to-left text in the proper order; this is not
     really proper UTF-8, but a workaround).

     The '-g' ('--geometry') can be used to specify terminal geometry.

     If no option or terminal type is specified, the current terminal
     type is printed.


File: grub.info,  Node: Command-line and menu entry commands,  Next: Networking commands,  Prev: General commands,  Up: Commands

16.3 The list of command-line and menu entry commands
=====================================================

These commands are usable in the command-line and in menu entries.  If
you forget a command, you can run the command 'help' (*note help::).

* Menu:

* [::                           Check file types and compare values
* acpi::                        Load ACPI tables
* authenticate::                Check whether user is in user list
* background_color::            Set background color for active terminal
* background_image::            Load background image for active terminal
* badram::                      Filter out bad regions of RAM
* blocklist::                   Print a block list
* boot::                        Start up your operating system
* cat::                         Show the contents of a file
* chainloader::                 Chain-load another boot loader
* clear::                       Clear the screen
* cmosclean::                   Clear bit in CMOS
* cmosdump::                    Dump CMOS contents
* cmostest::                    Test bit in CMOS
* cmp::                         Compare two files
* configfile::                  Load a configuration file
* cpuid::                       Check for CPU features
* crc::                         Compute or check CRC32 checksums
* cryptomount::                 Mount a crypto device
* cutmem::                      Remove memory regions
* date::                        Display or set current date and time
* devicetree::                  Load a device tree blob
* distrust::                    Remove a pubkey from trusted keys
* drivemap::                    Map a drive to another
* echo::                        Display a line of text
* eval::                        Evaluate agruments as GRUB commands
* export::                      Export an environment variable
* false::                       Do nothing, unsuccessfully
* gettext::                     Translate a string
* gptsync::                     Fill an MBR based on GPT entries
* halt::                        Shut down your computer
* hashsum::                     Compute or check hash checksum
* help::                        Show help messages
* initrd::                      Load a Linux initrd
* initrd16::                    Load a Linux initrd (16-bit mode)
* insmod::                      Insert a module
* keystatus::                   Check key modifier status
* linux::                       Load a Linux kernel
* linux16::                     Load a Linux kernel (16-bit mode)
* list_env::                    List variables in environment block
* list_trusted::                List trusted public keys
* load_env::                    Load variables from environment block
* loadfont::                    Load font files
* loopback::                    Make a device from a filesystem image
* ls::                          List devices or files
* lsfonts::                     List loaded fonts
* lsmod::                       Show loaded modules
* md5sum::                      Compute or check MD5 hash
* module::                      Load module for multiboot kernel
* multiboot::                   Load multiboot compliant kernel
* nativedisk::                  Switch to native disk drivers
* normal::                      Enter normal mode
* normal_exit::                 Exit from normal mode
* parttool::                    Modify partition table entries
* password::                    Set a clear-text password
* password_pbkdf2::             Set a hashed password
* play::                        Play a tune
* probe::                       Retrieve device info
* rdmsr::                       Read values from model-specific registers
* read::                        Read user input
* reboot::                      Reboot your computer
* regexp::                      Test if regular expression matches string
* rmmod::                       Remove a module
* save_env::                    Save variables to environment block
* search::                      Search devices by file, label, or UUID
* sendkey::                     Emulate keystrokes
* set::                         Set an environment variable
* sha1sum::                     Compute or check SHA1 hash
* sha256sum::                   Compute or check SHA256 hash
* sha512sum::                   Compute or check SHA512 hash
* sleep::                       Wait for a specified number of seconds
* smbios::                      Retrieve SMBIOS information
* source::                      Read a configuration file in same context
* test::                        Check file types and compare values
* true::                        Do nothing, successfully
* trust::                       Add public key to list of trusted keys
* unset::                       Unset an environment variable
* verify_detached::             Verify detached digital signature
* videoinfo::                   List available video modes
* wrmsr::                       Write values to model-specific registers
* xen_hypervisor::              Load xen hypervisor binary (only on AArch64)
* xen_module::                  Load xen modules for xen hypervisor (only on AArch64)


File: grub.info,  Node: [,  Next: acpi,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.1 [
--------

 -- Command: '[' expression ']'
     Alias for 'test EXPRESSION' (*note test::).


File: grub.info,  Node: acpi,  Next: authenticate,  Prev: [,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.2 acpi
-----------

 -- Command: acpi ['-1'|'-2']
          ['--exclude=table1,...'|'--load-only=table1,...']
          ['--oemid=id'] ['--oemtable=table'] ['--oemtablerev=rev']
          ['--oemtablecreator=creator'] ['--oemtablecreatorrev=rev']
          ['--no-ebda'] filename ...
     Modern BIOS systems normally implement the Advanced Configuration
     and Power Interface (ACPI), and define various tables that describe
     the interface between an ACPI-compliant operating system and the
     firmware.  In some cases, the tables provided by default only work
     well with certain operating systems, and it may be necessary to
     replace some of them.

     Normally, this command will replace the Root System Description
     Pointer (RSDP) in the Extended BIOS Data Area to point to the new
     tables.  If the '--no-ebda' option is used, the new tables will be
     known only to GRUB, but may be used by GRUB's EFI emulation.

     Note: The command is not allowed when lockdown is enforced (*note
     Lockdown::).  Otherwise an attacker can instruct the GRUB to load
     an SSDT table to overwrite the kernel lockdown configuration and
     later load and execute unsigned code.


File: grub.info,  Node: authenticate,  Next: background_color,  Prev: acpi,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.3 authenticate
-------------------

 -- Command: authenticate [userlist]
     Check whether user is in USERLIST or listed in the value of
     variable 'superusers'.  See *note superusers:: for valid user list
     format.  If 'superusers' is empty, this command returns true.
     *Note Security::.


File: grub.info,  Node: background_color,  Next: background_image,  Prev: authenticate,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.4 background_color
-----------------------

 -- Command: background_color color
     Set background color for active terminal.  For valid color
     specifications see *note Colors: Theme file format.  Background
     color can be changed only when using 'gfxterm' for terminal output.

     This command sets color of empty areas without text.  Text
     background color is controlled by environment variables
     COLOR_NORMAL, COLOR_HIGHLIGHT, MENU_COLOR_NORMAL,
     MENU_COLOR_HIGHLIGHT.  *Note Special environment variables::.


File: grub.info,  Node: background_image,  Next: badram,  Prev: background_color,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.5 background_image
-----------------------

 -- Command: background_image [['--mode' 'stretch'|'normal'] file]
     Load background image for active terminal from FILE.  Image is
     stretched to fill up entire screen unless option '--mode' 'normal'
     is given.  Without arguments remove currently loaded background
     image.  Background image can be changed only when using 'gfxterm'
     for terminal output.


File: grub.info,  Node: badram,  Next: blocklist,  Prev: background_image,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.6 badram
-------------

 -- Command: badram addr,mask[,addr,mask...]
     Filter out bad RAM.

     This command notifies the memory manager that specified regions of
     RAM ought to be filtered out (usually, because they're damaged).
     This remains in effect after a payload kernel has been loaded by
     GRUB, as long as the loaded kernel obtains its memory map from
     GRUB. Kernels that support this include Linux, GNU Mach, the kernel
     of FreeBSD and Multiboot kernels in general.

     Syntax is the same as provided by the Memtest86+ utility
     (http://www.memtest.org/): a list of address/mask pairs.  Given a
     page-aligned address and a base address / mask pair, if all the
     bits of the page-aligned address that are enabled by the mask match
     with the base address, it means this page is to be filtered.  This
     syntax makes it easy to represent patterns that are often result of
     memory damage, due to physical distribution of memory cells.

     The command is similar to 'cutmem' command.

     Note: The command is not allowed when lockdown is enforced (*note
     Lockdown::).  This prevents removing EFI memory regions to
     potentially subvert the security mechanisms provided by the UEFI
     secure boot.


File: grub.info,  Node: blocklist,  Next: boot,  Prev: badram,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.7 blocklist
----------------

 -- Command: blocklist file
     Print a block list (*note Block list syntax::) for FILE.


File: grub.info,  Node: boot,  Next: cat,  Prev: blocklist,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.8 boot
-----------

 -- Command: boot
     Boot the OS or chain-loader which has been loaded.  Only necessary
     if running the fully interactive command-line (it is implicit at
     the end of a menu entry).


File: grub.info,  Node: cat,  Next: chainloader,  Prev: boot,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.9 cat
----------

 -- Command: cat ['--dos'] file
     Display the contents of the file FILE.  This command may be useful
     to remind you of your OS's root partition:

          grub> cat /etc/fstab

     If the '--dos' option is used, then carriage return / new line
     pairs will be displayed as a simple new line.  Otherwise, the
     carriage return will be displayed as a control character ('<d>') to
     make it easier to see when boot problems are caused by a file
     formatted using DOS-style line endings.


File: grub.info,  Node: chainloader,  Next: clear,  Prev: cat,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.10 chainloader
-------------------

 -- Command: chainloader ['--force'] file
     Load FILE as a chain-loader.  Like any other file loaded by the
     filesystem code, it can use the blocklist notation (*note Block
     list syntax::) to grab the first sector of the current partition
     with '+1'.  If you specify the option '--force', then load FILE
     forcibly, whether it has a correct signature or not.  This is
     required when you want to load a defective boot loader, such as SCO
     UnixWare 7.1.


File: grub.info,  Node: clear,  Next: cmosclean,  Prev: chainloader,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.11 clear
-------------

 -- Command: clear
     Clear the screen.


File: grub.info,  Node: cmosclean,  Next: cmosdump,  Prev: clear,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.12 cmosclean
-----------------

 -- Command: cmosclean byte:bit
     Clear value of bit in CMOS at location BYTE:BIT.  This command is
     available only on platforms that support CMOS.


File: grub.info,  Node: cmosdump,  Next: cmostest,  Prev: cmosclean,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.13 cmosdump
----------------

 -- Dump: CMOS contents
     Dump full CMOS contents as hexadecimal values.  This command is
     available only on platforms that support CMOS.


File: grub.info,  Node: cmostest,  Next: cmp,  Prev: cmosdump,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.14 cmostest
----------------

 -- Command: cmostest byte:bit
     Test value of bit in CMOS at location BYTE:BIT.  Exit status is
     zero if bit is set, non zero otherwise.  This command is available
     only on platforms that support CMOS.


File: grub.info,  Node: cmp,  Next: configfile,  Prev: cmostest,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.15 cmp
-----------

 -- Command: cmp file1 file2
     Compare the file FILE1 with the file FILE2.  If they differ in
     size, print the sizes like this:

          Differ in size: 0x1234 [foo], 0x4321 [bar]

     If the sizes are equal but the bytes at an offset differ, then
     print the bytes like this:

          Differ at the offset 777: 0xbe [foo], 0xef [bar]

     If they are completely identical, nothing will be printed.


File: grub.info,  Node: configfile,  Next: cpuid,  Prev: cmp,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.16 configfile
------------------

 -- Command: configfile file
     Load FILE as a configuration file.  If FILE defines any menu
     entries, then show a menu containing them immediately.  Any
     environment variable changes made by the commands in FILE will not
     be preserved after 'configfile' returns.


File: grub.info,  Node: cpuid,  Next: crc,  Prev: configfile,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.17 cpuid
-------------

 -- Command: cpuid [-l] [-p]
     Check for CPU features.  This command is only available on x86
     systems.

     With the '-l' option, return true if the CPU supports long mode
     (64-bit).

     With the '-p' option, return true if the CPU supports Physical
     Address Extension (PAE).

     If invoked without options, this command currently behaves as if it
     had been invoked with '-l'.  This may change in the future.


File: grub.info,  Node: crc,  Next: cryptomount,  Prev: cpuid,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.18 crc
-----------

 -- Command: crc arg ...
     Alias for 'hashsum --hash crc32 arg ...'.  See command 'hashsum'
     (*note hashsum::) for full description.


File: grub.info,  Node: cryptomount,  Next: cutmem,  Prev: crc,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.19 cryptomount
-------------------

 -- Command: cryptomount device|'-u' uuid|'-a'|'-b'
     Setup access to encrypted device.  If necessary, passphrase is
     requested interactively.  Option DEVICE configures specific grub
     device (*note Naming convention::); option '-u' UUID configures
     device with specified UUID; option '-a' configures all detected
     encrypted devices; option '-b' configures all geli containers that
     have boot flag set.

     GRUB suports devices encrypted using LUKS, LUKS2 and geli.  Note
     that necessary modules (LUKS, LUKS2 and GELI) have to be loaded
     manually before this command can be used.  For LUKS2 only the
     PBKDF2 key derivation function is supported, as Argon2 is not yet
     supported.

     Also, note that, unlike filesystem UUIDs, UUIDs for encrypted
     devices must be specified without dash separators.


File: grub.info,  Node: cutmem,  Next: date,  Prev: cryptomount,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.20 cutmem
--------------

 -- Command: cutmem from[K|M|G] to[K|M|G]
     Remove any memory regions in specified range.

     This command notifies the memory manager that specified regions of
     RAM ought to be filtered out.  This remains in effect after a
     payload kernel has been loaded by GRUB, as long as the loaded
     kernel obtains its memory map from GRUB. Kernels that support this
     include Linux, GNU Mach, the kernel of FreeBSD and Multiboot
     kernels in general.

     The command is similar to 'badram' command.

     Note: The command is not allowed when lockdown is enforced (*note
     Lockdown::).  This prevents removing EFI memory regions to
     potentially subvert the security mechanisms provided by the UEFI
     secure boot.


File: grub.info,  Node: date,  Next: devicetree,  Prev: cutmem,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.21 date
------------

 -- Command: date [[year-]month-day] [hour:minute[:second]]
     With no arguments, print the current date and time.

     Otherwise, take the current date and time, change any elements
     specified as arguments, and set the result as the new date and
     time.  For example, 'date 01-01' will set the current month and day
     to January 1, but leave the year, hour, minute, and second
     unchanged.


File: grub.info,  Node: devicetree,  Next: distrust,  Prev: date,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.22 devicetree
------------------

 -- Command: devicetree file
     Load a device tree blob (.dtb) from a filesystem, for later use by
     a Linux kernel.  Does not perform merging with any device tree
     supplied by firmware, but rather replaces it completely.

     Note: The command is not allowed when lockdown is enforced (*note
     Lockdown::).  This is done to prevent subverting various security
     mechanisms.


File: grub.info,  Node: distrust,  Next: drivemap,  Prev: devicetree,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.23 distrust
----------------

 -- Command: distrust pubkey_id
     Remove public key PUBKEY_ID from GRUB's keyring of trusted keys.
     PUBKEY_ID is the last four bytes (eight hexadecimal digits) of the
     GPG v4 key id, which is also the output of 'list_trusted' (*note
     list_trusted::).  Outside of GRUB, the key id can be obtained using
     'gpg --fingerprint').  These keys are used to validate signatures
     when environment variable 'check_signatures' is set to 'enforce'
     (*note check_signatures::), and by some invocations of
     'verify_detached' (*note verify_detached::).  *Note Using digital
     signatures::, for more information.


File: grub.info,  Node: drivemap,  Next: echo,  Prev: distrust,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.24 drivemap
----------------

 -- Command: drivemap '-l'|'-r'|['-s'] from_drive to_drive
     Without options, map the drive FROM_DRIVE to the drive TO_DRIVE.
     This is necessary when you chain-load some operating systems, such
     as DOS, if such an OS resides at a non-first drive.  For
     convenience, any partition suffix on the drive is ignored, so you
     can safely use ${root} as a drive specification.

     With the '-s' option, perform the reverse mapping as well, swapping
     the two drives.

     With the '-l' option, list the current mappings.

     With the '-r' option, reset all mappings to the default values.

     For example:

          drivemap -s (hd0) (hd1)


File: grub.info,  Node: echo,  Next: eval,  Prev: drivemap,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.25 echo
------------

 -- Command: echo ['-n'] ['-e'] string ...
     Display the requested text and, unless the '-n' option is used, a
     trailing new line.  If there is more than one string, they are
     separated by spaces in the output.  As usual in GRUB commands,
     variables may be substituted using '${var}'.

     The '-e' option enables interpretation of backslash escapes.  The
     following sequences are recognised:

     '\\'
          backslash

     '\a'
          alert (BEL)

     '\c'
          suppress trailing new line

     '\f'
          form feed

     '\n'
          new line

     '\r'
          carriage return

     '\t'
          horizontal tab

     '\v'
          vertical tab

     When interpreting backslash escapes, backslash followed by any
     other character will print that character.


File: grub.info,  Node: eval,  Next: export,  Prev: echo,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.26 eval
------------

 -- Command: eval string ...
     Concatenate arguments together using single space as separator and
     evaluate result as sequence of GRUB commands.


File: grub.info,  Node: export,  Next: false,  Prev: eval,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.27 export
--------------

 -- Command: export envvar
     Export the environment variable ENVVAR.  Exported variables are
     visible to subsidiary configuration files loaded using
     'configfile'.


File: grub.info,  Node: false,  Next: gettext,  Prev: export,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.28 false
-------------

 -- Command: false
     Do nothing, unsuccessfully.  This is mainly useful in control
     constructs such as 'if' and 'while' (*note Shell-like scripting::).


File: grub.info,  Node: gettext,  Next: gptsync,  Prev: false,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.29 gettext
---------------

 -- Command: gettext string
     Translate STRING into the current language.

     The current language code is stored in the 'lang' variable in
     GRUB's environment (*note lang::).  Translation files in MO format
     are read from 'locale_dir' (*note locale_dir::), usually
     '/boot/grub/locale'.


File: grub.info,  Node: gptsync,  Next: halt,  Prev: gettext,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.30 gptsync
---------------

 -- Command: gptsync device [partition[+/-[type]]] ...
     Disks using the GUID Partition Table (GPT) also have a legacy
     Master Boot Record (MBR) partition table for compatibility with the
     BIOS and with older operating systems.  The legacy MBR can only
     represent a limited subset of GPT partition entries.

     This command populates the legacy MBR with the specified PARTITION
     entries on DEVICE.  Up to three partitions may be used.

     TYPE is an MBR partition type code; prefix with '0x' if you want to
     enter this in hexadecimal.  The separator between PARTITION and
     TYPE may be '+' to make the partition active, or '-' to make it
     inactive; only one partition may be active.  If both the separator
     and type are omitted, then the partition will be inactive.


File: grub.info,  Node: halt,  Next: hashsum,  Prev: gptsync,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.31 halt
------------

 -- Command: halt '--no-apm'
     The command halts the computer.  If the '--no-apm' option is
     specified, no APM BIOS call is performed.  Otherwise, the computer
     is shut down using APM.


File: grub.info,  Node: hashsum,  Next: help,  Prev: halt,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.32 hashsum
---------------

 -- Command: hashsum '--hash' hash '--keep-going' '--uncompress'
          '--check' file ['--prefix' dir]|file ...
     Compute or verify file hashes.  Hash type is selected with option
     '--hash'.  Supported hashes are: 'adler32', 'crc64', 'crc32',
     'crc32rfc1510', 'crc24rfc2440', 'md4', 'md5', 'ripemd160', 'sha1',
     'sha224', 'sha256', 'sha512', 'sha384', 'tiger192', 'tiger',
     'tiger2', 'whirlpool'.  Option '--uncompress' uncompresses files
     before computing hash.

     When list of files is given, hash of each file is computed and
     printed, followed by file name, each file on a new line.

     When option '--check' is given, it points to a file that contains
     list of HASH NAME pairs in the same format as used by UNIX 'md5sum'
     command.  Option '--prefix' may be used to give directory where
     files are located.  Hash verification stops after the first
     mismatch was found unless option '--keep-going' was given.  The
     exit code '$?' is set to 0 if hash verification is successful.  If
     it fails, '$?' is set to a nonzero value.


File: grub.info,  Node: help,  Next: initrd,  Prev: hashsum,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.33 help
------------

 -- Command: help [pattern ...]
     Display helpful information about builtin commands.  If you do not
     specify PATTERN, this command shows short descriptions of all
     available commands.

     If you specify any PATTERNS, it displays longer information about
     each of the commands whose names begin with those PATTERNS.


File: grub.info,  Node: initrd,  Next: initrd16,  Prev: help,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.34 initrd
--------------

 -- Command: initrd file [file ...]
     Load, in order, all initial ramdisks for a Linux kernel image, and
     set the appropriate parameters in the Linux setup area in memory.
     This may only be used after the 'linux' command (*note linux::) has
     been run.  See also *note GNU/Linux::.


File: grub.info,  Node: initrd16,  Next: insmod,  Prev: initrd,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.35 initrd16
----------------

 -- Command: initrd16 file [file ...]
     Load, in order, all initial ramdisks for a Linux kernel image to be
     booted in 16-bit mode, and set the appropriate parameters in the
     Linux setup area in memory.  This may only be used after the
     'linux16' command (*note linux16::) has been run.  See also *note
     GNU/Linux::.

     This command is only available on x86 systems.


File: grub.info,  Node: insmod,  Next: keystatus,  Prev: initrd16,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.36 insmod
--------------

 -- Command: insmod module
     Insert the dynamic GRUB module called MODULE.


File: grub.info,  Node: keystatus,  Next: linux,  Prev: insmod,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.37 keystatus
-----------------

 -- Command: keystatus ['--shift'] ['--ctrl'] ['--alt']
     Return true if the Shift, Control, or Alt modifier keys are held
     down, as requested by options.  This is useful in scripting, to
     allow some user control over behaviour without having to wait for a
     keypress.

     Checking key modifier status is only supported on some platforms.
     If invoked without any options, the 'keystatus' command returns
     true if and only if checking key modifier status is supported.


File: grub.info,  Node: linux,  Next: linux16,  Prev: keystatus,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.38 linux
-------------

 -- Command: linux file ...
     Load a Linux kernel image from FILE.  The rest of the line is
     passed verbatim as the "kernel command-line".  Any initrd must be
     reloaded after using this command (*note initrd::).

     On x86 systems, the kernel will be booted using the 32-bit boot
     protocol.  Note that this means that the 'vga=' boot option will
     not work; if you want to set a special video mode, you will need to
     use GRUB commands such as 'set gfxpayload=1024x768' or 'set
     gfxpayload=keep' (to keep the same mode as used in GRUB) instead.
     GRUB can automatically detect some uses of 'vga=' and translate
     them to appropriate settings of 'gfxpayload'.  The 'linux16'
     command (*note linux16::) avoids this restriction.


File: grub.info,  Node: linux16,  Next: list_env,  Prev: linux,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.39 linux16
---------------

 -- Command: linux16 file ...
     Load a Linux kernel image from FILE in 16-bit mode.  The rest of
     the line is passed verbatim as the "kernel command-line".  Any
     initrd must be reloaded after using this command (*note
     initrd16::).

     The kernel will be booted using the traditional 16-bit boot
     protocol.  As well as bypassing problems with 'vga=' described in
     *note linux::, this permits booting some other programs that
     implement the Linux boot protocol for the sake of convenience.

     This command is only available on x86 systems.


File: grub.info,  Node: list_env,  Next: list_trusted,  Prev: linux16,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.40 list_env
----------------

 -- Command: list_env ['--file' file]
     List all variables in the environment block file.  *Note
     Environment block::.

     The '--file' option overrides the default location of the
     environment block.


File: grub.info,  Node: list_trusted,  Next: load_env,  Prev: list_env,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.41 list_trusted
--------------------

 -- Command: list_trusted
     List all public keys trusted by GRUB for validating signatures.
     The output is in GPG's v4 key fingerprint format (i.e., the output
     of 'gpg --fingerprint').  The least significant four bytes (last
     eight hexadecimal digits) can be used as an argument to 'distrust'
     (*note distrust::).  *Note Using digital signatures::, for more
     information about uses for these keys.


File: grub.info,  Node: load_env,  Next: loadfont,  Prev: list_trusted,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.42 load_env
----------------

 -- Command: load_env ['--file' file] ['--skip-sig']
          [whitelisted_variable_name] ...
     Load all variables from the environment block file into the
     environment.  *Note Environment block::.

     The '--file' option overrides the default location of the
     environment block.

     The '--skip-sig' option skips signature checking even when the
     value of environment variable 'check_signatures' is set to
     'enforce' (*note check_signatures::).

     If one or more variable names are provided as arguments, they are
     interpreted as a whitelist of variables to load from the
     environment block file.  Variables set in the file but not present
     in the whitelist are ignored.

     The '--skip-sig' option should be used with care, and should always
     be used in concert with a whitelist of acceptable variables whose
     values should be set.  Failure to employ a carefully constructed
     whitelist could result in reading a malicious value into critical
     environment variables from the file, such as setting
     'check_signatures=no', modifying 'prefix' to boot from an
     unexpected location or not at all, etc.

     When used with care, '--skip-sig' and the whitelist enable an
     administrator to configure a system to boot only signed
     configurations, but to allow the user to select from among multiple
     configurations, and to enable "one-shot" boot attempts and
     "savedefault" behavior.  *Note Using digital signatures::, for more
     information.


File: grub.info,  Node: loadfont,  Next: loopback,  Prev: load_env,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.43 loadfont
----------------

 -- Command: loadfont file ...
     Load specified font files.  Unless absolute pathname is given, FILE
     is assumed to be in directory '$prefix/fonts' with suffix '.pf2'
     appended.  *Note Fonts: Theme file format.


File: grub.info,  Node: loopback,  Next: ls,  Prev: loadfont,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.44 loopback
----------------

 -- Command: loopback ['-d'] device file
     Make the device named DEVICE correspond to the contents of the
     filesystem image in FILE.  For example:

          loopback loop0 /path/to/image
          ls (loop0)/

     With the '-d' option, delete a device previously created using this
     command.


File: grub.info,  Node: ls,  Next: lsfonts,  Prev: loopback,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.45 ls
----------

 -- Command: ls [arg ...]
     List devices or files.

     With no arguments, print all devices known to GRUB.

     If the argument is a device name enclosed in parentheses (*note
     Device syntax::), then print the name of the filesystem of that
     device.

     If the argument is a directory given as an absolute file name
     (*note File name syntax::), then list the contents of that
     directory.


File: grub.info,  Node: lsfonts,  Next: lsmod,  Prev: ls,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.46 lsfonts
---------------

 -- Command: lsfonts
     List loaded fonts.


File: grub.info,  Node: lsmod,  Next: md5sum,  Prev: lsfonts,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.47 lsmod
-------------

 -- Command: lsmod
     Show list of loaded modules.


File: grub.info,  Node: md5sum,  Next: module,  Prev: lsmod,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.48 md5sum
--------------

 -- Command: md5sum arg ...
     Alias for 'hashsum --hash md5 arg ...'.  See command 'hashsum'
     (*note hashsum::) for full description.


File: grub.info,  Node: module,  Next: multiboot,  Prev: md5sum,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.49 module
--------------

 -- Command: module [--nounzip] file [arguments]
     Load a module for multiboot kernel image.  The rest of the line is
     passed verbatim as the module command line.


File: grub.info,  Node: multiboot,  Next: nativedisk,  Prev: module,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.50 multiboot
-----------------

 -- Command: multiboot [--quirk-bad-kludge]
          [--quirk-modules-after-kernel] file ...
     Load a multiboot kernel image from FILE.  The rest of the line is
     passed verbatim as the "kernel command-line".  Any module must be
     reloaded after using this command (*note module::).

     Some kernels have known problems.  You need to specify -quirk-* for
     those.  -quirk-bad-kludge is a problem seen in several products
     that they include loading kludge information with invalid data in
     ELF file.  GRUB prior to 0.97 and some custom builds preferred ELF
     information while 0.97 and GRUB 2 use kludge.  Use this option to
     ignore kludge.  Known affected systems: old Solaris, SkyOS.

     -quirk-modules-after-kernel is needed for kernels which load at
     relatively high address e.g.  16MiB mark and can't cope with
     modules stuffed between 1MiB mark and beginning of the kernel.
     Known afftected systems: VMWare.


File: grub.info,  Node: nativedisk,  Next: normal,  Prev: multiboot,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.51 nativedisk
------------------

 -- Command: nativedisk
     Switch from firmware disk drivers to native ones.  Really useful
     only on platforms where both firmware and native disk drives are
     available.  Currently i386-pc, i386-efi, i386-ieee1275 and
     x86_64-efi.


File: grub.info,  Node: normal,  Next: normal_exit,  Prev: nativedisk,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.52 normal
--------------

 -- Command: normal [file]
     Enter normal mode and display the GRUB menu.

     In normal mode, commands, filesystem modules, and cryptography
     modules are automatically loaded, and the full GRUB script parser
     is available.  Other modules may be explicitly loaded using
     'insmod' (*note insmod::).

     If a FILE is given, then commands will be read from that file.
     Otherwise, they will be read from '$prefix/grub.cfg' if it exists.

     'normal' may be called from within normal mode, creating a nested
     environment.  It is more usual to use 'configfile' (*note
     configfile::) for this.


File: grub.info,  Node: normal_exit,  Next: parttool,  Prev: normal,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.53 normal_exit
-------------------

 -- Command: normal_exit
     Exit normal mode (*note normal::).  If this instance of normal mode
     was not nested within another one, then return to rescue mode.


File: grub.info,  Node: parttool,  Next: password,  Prev: normal_exit,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.54 parttool
----------------

 -- Command: parttool partition commands
     Make various modifications to partition table entries.

     Each COMMAND is either a boolean option, in which case it must be
     followed with '+' or '-' (with no intervening space) to enable or
     disable that option, or else it takes a value in the form
     'COMMAND=VALUE'.

     Currently, 'parttool' is only useful on DOS partition tables (also
     known as Master Boot Record, or MBR). On these partition tables,
     the following commands are available:

     'boot' (boolean)
          When enabled, this makes the selected partition be the active
          (bootable) partition on its disk, clearing the active flag on
          all other partitions.  This command is limited to _primary_
          partitions.

     'type' (value)
          Change the type of an existing partition.  The value must be a
          number in the range 0-0xFF (prefix with '0x' to enter it in
          hexadecimal).

     'hidden' (boolean)
          When enabled, this hides the selected partition by setting the
          "hidden" bit in its partition type code; when disabled,
          unhides the selected partition by clearing this bit.  This is
          useful only when booting DOS or Windows and multiple primary
          FAT partitions exist in one disk.  See also *note
          DOS/Windows::.


File: grub.info,  Node: password,  Next: password_pbkdf2,  Prev: parttool,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.55 password
----------------

 -- Command: password user clear-password
     Define a user named USER with password CLEAR-PASSWORD.  *Note
     Security::.


File: grub.info,  Node: password_pbkdf2,  Next: play,  Prev: password,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.56 password_pbkdf2
-----------------------

 -- Command: password_pbkdf2 user hashed-password
     Define a user named USER with password hash HASHED-PASSWORD.  Use
     'grub-mkpasswd-pbkdf2' (*note Invoking grub-mkpasswd-pbkdf2::) to
     generate password hashes.  *Note Security::.


File: grub.info,  Node: play,  Next: probe,  Prev: password_pbkdf2,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.57 play
------------

 -- Command: play file | tempo [pitch1 duration1] [pitch2 duration2] ...
     Plays a tune

     If the argument is a file name (*note File name syntax::), play the
     tune recorded in it.  The file format is first the tempo as an
     unsigned 32bit little-endian number, then pairs of unsigned 16bit
     little-endian numbers for pitch and duration pairs.

     If the arguments are a series of numbers, play the inline tune.

     The tempo is the base for all note durations.  60 gives a 1-second
     base, 120 gives a half-second base, etc.  Pitches are Hz.  Set
     pitch to 0 to produce a rest.


File: grub.info,  Node: probe,  Next: rdmsr,  Prev: play,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.58 probe
-------------

 -- Command: probe ['--set' var]
          '--driver'|'--partmap'|'--fs'|'--fs-uuid'|'--label'|'--part-uuid'
          device
     Retrieve device information.  If option '--set' is given, assign
     result to variable VAR, otherwise print information on the screen.

     The option '--part-uuid' is currently only implemented for MSDOS
     and GPT formatted disks.


File: grub.info,  Node: rdmsr,  Next: read,  Prev: probe,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.59 rdmsr
-------------

 -- Command:: rdmsr 0xADDR [-v VARNAME]
     Read a model-specific register at address 0xADDR. If the parameter
     '-v' is used and an environment variable VARNAME is given, set that
     environment variable to the value that was read.

     Please note that on SMP systems, reading from a MSR that has a
     scope per hardware thread, implies that the value that is returned
     only applies to the particular cpu/core/thread that runs the
     command.

     Also, if you specify a reserved or unimplemented MSR address, it
     will cause a general protection exception (which is not currently
     being handled) and the system will reboot.


File: grub.info,  Node: read,  Next: reboot,  Prev: rdmsr,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.60 read
------------

 -- Command: read [var]
     Read a line of input from the user.  If an environment variable VAR
     is given, set that environment variable to the line of input that
     was read, with no terminating newline.


File: grub.info,  Node: reboot,  Next: regexp,  Prev: read,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.61 reboot
--------------

 -- Command: reboot
     Reboot the computer.


File: grub.info,  Node: regexp,  Next: rmmod,  Prev: reboot,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.62 regexp
--------------

 -- Command: regexp ['--set' [number:]var] regexp string
     Test if regular expression REGEXP matches STRING.  Supported
     regular expressions are POSIX.2 Extended Regular Expressions.  If
     option '--set' is given, store NUMBERth matched subexpression in
     variable VAR.  Subexpressions are numbered in order of their
     opening parentheses starting from '1'.  NUMBER defaults to '1'.


File: grub.info,  Node: rmmod,  Next: save_env,  Prev: regexp,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.63 rmmod
-------------

 -- Command: rmmod module
     Remove a loaded MODULE.


File: grub.info,  Node: save_env,  Next: search,  Prev: rmmod,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.64 save_env
----------------

 -- Command: save_env ['--file' file] var ...
     Save the named variables from the environment to the environment
     block file.  *Note Environment block::.

     The '--file' option overrides the default location of the
     environment block.

     This command will operate successfully even when environment
     variable 'check_signatures' is set to 'enforce' (*note
     check_signatures::), since it writes to disk and does not alter the
     behavior of GRUB based on any contents of disk that have been read.
     It is possible to modify a digitally signed environment block file
     from within GRUB using this command, such that its signature will
     no longer be valid on subsequent boots.  Care should be taken in
     such advanced configurations to avoid rendering the system
     unbootable.  *Note Using digital signatures::, for more
     information.


File: grub.info,  Node: search,  Next: sendkey,  Prev: save_env,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.65 search
--------------

 -- Command: search ['--file'|'--label'|'--fs-uuid'] ['--set' [var]]
          ['--no-floppy'] name
     Search devices by file ('-f', '--file'), filesystem label ('-l',
     '--label'), or filesystem UUID ('-u', '--fs-uuid').

     If the '--set' option is used, the first device found is set as the
     value of environment variable VAR.  The default variable is 'root'.

     The '--no-floppy' option prevents searching floppy devices, which
     can be slow.

     The 'search.file', 'search.fs_label', and 'search.fs_uuid' commands
     are aliases for 'search --file', 'search --label', and 'search
     --fs-uuid' respectively.


File: grub.info,  Node: sendkey,  Next: set,  Prev: search,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.66 sendkey
---------------

 -- Command: sendkey
          ['--num'|'--caps'|'--scroll'|'--insert'|'--pause'|'--left-shift'|'--right-shift'|'--sysrq'|'--numkey'|'--capskey'|'--scrollkey'|'--insertkey'|'--left-alt'|'--right-alt'|'--left-ctrl'|'--right-ctrl'
          'on'|'off']... ['no-led'] keystroke
     Insert keystrokes into the keyboard buffer when booting.  Sometimes
     an operating system or chainloaded boot loader requires particular
     keys to be pressed: for example, one might need to press a
     particular key to enter "safe mode", or when chainloading another
     boot loader one might send keystrokes to it to navigate its menu.

     You may provide up to 16 keystrokes (the length of the BIOS
     keyboard buffer).  Keystroke names may be upper-case or lower-case
     letters, digits, or taken from the following table:

     Name                          Key
     -------------------------------------------------------------------
     escape                        Escape
     exclam                        !
     at                            @
     numbersign                    #
     dollar                        $
     percent                       %
     caret                         ^
     ampersand                     &
     asterisk                      *
     parenleft                     (
     parenright                    )
     minus                         -
     underscore                    _
     equal                         =
     plus                          +
     backspace                     Backspace
     tab                           Tab
     bracketleft                   [
     braceleft                     {
     bracketright                  ]
     braceright                    }
     enter                         Enter
     control                       press and release Control
     semicolon                     ;
     colon                         :
     quote                         '
     doublequote                   "
     backquote                     '
     tilde                         ~
     shift                         press and release left Shift
     backslash                     \
     bar                           |
     comma                         ,
     less                          <
     period                        .
     greater                       >
     slash                         /
     question                      ?
     rshift                        press and release right Shift
     alt                           press and release Alt
     space                         space bar
     capslock                      Caps Lock
     F1                            F1
     F2                            F2
     F3                            F3
     F4                            F4
     F5                            F5
     F6                            F6
     F7                            F7
     F8                            F8
     F9                            F9
     F10                           F10
     F11                           F11
     F12                           F12
     num1                          1 (numeric keypad)
     num2                          2 (numeric keypad)
     num3                          3 (numeric keypad)
     num4                          4 (numeric keypad)
     num5                          5 (numeric keypad)
     num6                          6 (numeric keypad)
     num7                          7 (numeric keypad)
     num8                          8 (numeric keypad)
     num9                          9 (numeric keypad)
     num0                          0 (numeric keypad)
     numperiod                     .  (numeric keypad)
     numend                        End (numeric keypad)
     numdown                       Down (numeric keypad)
     numpgdown                     Page Down (numeric keypad)
     numleft                       Left (numeric keypad)
     numcenter                     5 with Num Lock inactive (numeric
                                   keypad)
     numright                      Right (numeric keypad)
     numhome                       Home (numeric keypad)
     numup                         Up (numeric keypad)
     numpgup                       Page Up (numeric keypad)
     numinsert                     Insert (numeric keypad)
     numdelete                     Delete (numeric keypad)
     numasterisk                   * (numeric keypad)
     numminus                      - (numeric keypad)
     numplus                       + (numeric keypad)
     numslash                      / (numeric keypad)
     numenter                      Enter (numeric keypad)
     delete                        Delete
     insert                        Insert
     home                          Home
     end                           End
     pgdown                        Page Down
     pgup                          Page Up
     down                          Down
     up                            Up
     left                          Left
     right                         Right

     As well as keystrokes, the 'sendkey' command takes various options
     that affect the BIOS keyboard status flags.  These options take an
     'on' or 'off' parameter, specifying that the corresponding status
     flag be set or unset; omitting the option for a given status flag
     will leave that flag at its initial state at boot.  The '--num',
     '--caps', '--scroll', and '--insert' options emulate setting the
     corresponding mode, while the '--numkey', '--capskey',
     '--scrollkey', and '--insertkey' options emulate pressing and
     holding the corresponding key.  The other status flag options are
     self-explanatory.

     If the '--no-led' option is given, the status flag options will
     have no effect on keyboard LEDs.

     If the 'sendkey' command is given multiple times, then only the
     last invocation has any effect.

     Since 'sendkey' manipulates the BIOS keyboard buffer, it may cause
     hangs, reboots, or other misbehaviour on some systems.  If the
     operating system or boot loader that runs after GRUB uses its own
     keyboard driver rather than the BIOS keyboard functions, then
     'sendkey' will have no effect.

     This command is only available on PC BIOS systems.


File: grub.info,  Node: set,  Next: sha1sum,  Prev: sendkey,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.67 set
-----------

 -- Command: set [envvar=value]
     Set the environment variable ENVVAR to VALUE.  If invoked with no
     arguments, print all environment variables with their values.


File: grub.info,  Node: sha1sum,  Next: sha256sum,  Prev: set,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.68 sha1sum
---------------

 -- Command: sha1sum arg ...
     Alias for 'hashsum --hash sha1 arg ...'.  See command 'hashsum'
     (*note hashsum::) for full description.


File: grub.info,  Node: sha256sum,  Next: sha512sum,  Prev: sha1sum,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.69 sha256sum
-----------------

 -- Command: sha256sum arg ...
     Alias for 'hashsum --hash sha256 arg ...'.  See command 'hashsum'
     (*note hashsum::) for full description.


File: grub.info,  Node: sha512sum,  Next: sleep,  Prev: sha256sum,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.70 sha512sum
-----------------

 -- Command: sha512sum arg ...
     Alias for 'hashsum --hash sha512 arg ...'.  See command 'hashsum'
     (*note hashsum::) for full description.


File: grub.info,  Node: sleep,  Next: smbios,  Prev: sha512sum,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.71 sleep
-------------

 -- Command: sleep ['--verbose'] ['--interruptible'] count
     Sleep for COUNT seconds.  If option '--interruptible' is given,
     allow pressing <ESC>, <F4> or holding down <SHIFT> to interrupt
     sleep.  With '--verbose' show countdown of remaining seconds.  Exit
     code is set to 0 if timeout expired and to 1 if timeout was
     interrupted using any of the mentioned keys.


File: grub.info,  Node: smbios,  Next: source,  Prev: sleep,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.72 smbios
--------------

 -- Command: smbios ['--type' TYPE] ['--handle' HANDLE] ['--match'
          MATCH] ('--get-byte' | '--get-word' | '--get-dword' |
          '--get-qword' | '--get-string' | '--get-uuid') OFFSET ['--set'
          VARIABLE]
     Retrieve SMBIOS information.

     The 'smbios' command returns the value of a field in an SMBIOS
     structure.  The following options determine which structure to
     select.

        * Specifying '--type' will select structures with a matching
          TYPE.  The type can be any integer from 0 to 255.
        * Specifying '--handle' will select structures with a matching
          HANDLE.  The handle can be any integer from 0 to 65535.
        * Specifying '--match' will select structure number MATCH in the
          filtered list of structures; e.g.  'smbios --type 4 --match 2'
          will select the second Process Information (Type 4) structure.
          The list is always ordered the same as the hardware's SMBIOS
          table.  The match number must be a positive integer.  If
          unspecified, the first matching structure will be selected.

     The remaining options determine which field in the selected SMBIOS
     structure to return.  Only one of these options may be specified at
     a time.

        * When given '--get-byte', return the value of the byte at
          OFFSET bytes into the selected SMBIOS structure.  It will be
          formatted as an unsigned decimal integer.
        * When given '--get-word', return the value of the word (two
          bytes) at OFFSET bytes into the selected SMBIOS structure.  It
          will be formatted as an unsigned decimal integer.
        * When given '--get-dword', return the value of the dword (four
          bytes) at OFFSET bytes into the selected SMBIOS structure.  It
          will be formatted as an unsigned decimal integer.
        * When given '--get-qword', return the value of the qword (eight
          bytes) at OFFSET bytes into the selected SMBIOS structure.  It
          will be formatted as an unsigned decimal integer.
        * When given '--get-string', return the string with its index
          found at OFFSET bytes into the selected SMBIOS structure.
        * When given '--get-uuid', return the value of the UUID (sixteen
          bytes) at OFFSET bytes into the selected SMBIOS structure.  It
          will be formatted as lower-case hyphenated hexadecimal digits,
          with the first three fields as little-endian, and the rest
          printed byte-by-byte.

     The default action is to print the value of the requested field to
     the console, but a variable name can be specified with '--set' to
     store the value instead of printing it.

     For example, this will store and then display the system
     manufacturer's name.

          smbios --type 1 --get-string 4 --set system_manufacturer
          echo $system_manufacturer


File: grub.info,  Node: source,  Next: test,  Prev: smbios,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.73 source
--------------

 -- Command: source file
     Read FILE as a configuration file, as if its contents had been
     incorporated directly into the sourcing file.  Unlike 'configfile'
     (*note configfile::), this executes the contents of FILE without
     changing context: any environment variable changes made by the
     commands in FILE will be preserved after 'source' returns, and the
     menu will not be shown immediately.


File: grub.info,  Node: test,  Next: true,  Prev: source,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.74 test
------------

 -- Command: test expression
     Evaluate EXPRESSION and return zero exit status if result is true,
     non zero status otherwise.

     EXPRESSION is one of:

     STRING1 '==' STRING2
          the strings are equal
     STRING1 '!=' STRING2
          the strings are not equal
     STRING1 '<' STRING2
          STRING1 is lexicographically less than STRING2
     STRING1 '<=' STRING2
          STRING1 is lexicographically less or equal than STRING2
     STRING1 '>' STRING2
          STRING1 is lexicographically greater than STRING2
     STRING1 '>=' STRING2
          STRING1 is lexicographically greater or equal than STRING2
     INTEGER1 '-eq' INTEGER2
          INTEGER1 is equal to INTEGER2
     INTEGER1 '-ge' INTEGER2
          INTEGER1 is greater than or equal to INTEGER2
     INTEGER1 '-gt' INTEGER2
          INTEGER1 is greater than INTEGER2
     INTEGER1 '-le' INTEGER2
          INTEGER1 is less than or equal to INTEGER2
     INTEGER1 '-lt' INTEGER2
          INTEGER1 is less than INTEGER2
     INTEGER1 '-ne' INTEGER2
          INTEGER1 is not equal to INTEGER2
     PREFIXINTEGER1 '-pgt' PREFIXINTEGER2
          INTEGER1 is greater than INTEGER2 after stripping off common
          non-numeric PREFIX.
     PREFIXINTEGER1 '-plt' PREFIXINTEGER2
          INTEGER1 is less than INTEGER2 after stripping off common
          non-numeric PREFIX.
     FILE1 '-nt' FILE2
          FILE1 is newer than FILE2 (modification time).  Optionally
          numeric BIAS may be directly appended to '-nt' in which case
          it is added to the first file modification time.
     FILE1 '-ot' FILE2
          FILE1 is older than FILE2 (modification time).  Optionally
          numeric BIAS may be directly appended to '-ot' in which case
          it is added to the first file modification time.
     '-d' FILE
          FILE exists and is a directory
     '-e' FILE
          FILE exists
     '-f' FILE
          FILE exists and is not a directory
     '-s' FILE
          FILE exists and has a size greater than zero
     '-n' STRING
          the length of STRING is nonzero
     STRING
          STRING is equivalent to '-n STRING'
     '-z' STRING
          the length of STRING is zero
     '(' EXPRESSION ')'
          EXPRESSION is true
     '!' EXPRESSION
          EXPRESSION is false
     EXPRESSION1 '-a' EXPRESSION2
          both EXPRESSION1 and EXPRESSION2 are true
     EXPRESSION1 EXPRESSION2
          both EXPRESSION1 and EXPRESSION2 are true.  This syntax is not
          POSIX-compliant and is not recommended.
     EXPRESSION1 '-o' EXPRESSION2
          either EXPRESSION1 or EXPRESSION2 is true


File: grub.info,  Node: true,  Next: trust,  Prev: test,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.75 true
------------

 -- Command: true
     Do nothing, successfully.  This is mainly useful in control
     constructs such as 'if' and 'while' (*note Shell-like scripting::).


File: grub.info,  Node: trust,  Next: unset,  Prev: true,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.76 trust
-------------

 -- Command: trust ['--skip-sig'] pubkey_file
     Read public key from PUBKEY_FILE and add it to GRUB's internal list
     of trusted public keys.  These keys are used to validate digital
     signatures when environment variable 'check_signatures' is set to
     'enforce'.  Note that if 'check_signatures' is set to 'enforce'
     when 'trust' executes, then PUBKEY_FILE must itself be properly
     signed.  The '--skip-sig' option can be used to disable
     signature-checking when reading PUBKEY_FILE itself.  It is expected
     that '--skip-sig' is useful for testing and manual booting.  *Note
     Using digital signatures::, for more information.


File: grub.info,  Node: unset,  Next: verify_detached,  Prev: trust,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.77 unset
-------------

 -- Command: unset envvar
     Unset the environment variable ENVVAR.


File: grub.info,  Node: verify_detached,  Next: videoinfo,  Prev: unset,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.78 verify_detached
-----------------------

 -- Command: verify_detached ['--skip-sig'] file signature_file
          [pubkey_file]
     Verifies a GPG-style detached signature, where the signed file is
     FILE, and the signature itself is in file SIGNATURE_FILE.
     Optionally, a specific public key to use can be specified using
     PUBKEY_FILE.  When environment variable 'check_signatures' is set
     to 'enforce', then PUBKEY_FILE must itself be properly signed by an
     already-trusted key.  An unsigned PUBKEY_FILE can be loaded by
     specifying '--skip-sig'.  If PUBKEY_FILE is omitted, then public
     keys from GRUB's trusted keys (*note list_trusted::, *note trust::,
     and *note distrust::) are tried.

     Exit code '$?' is set to 0 if the signature validates successfully.
     If validation fails, it is set to a non-zero value.  *Note Using
     digital signatures::, for more information.


File: grub.info,  Node: videoinfo,  Next: wrmsr,  Prev: verify_detached,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.79 videoinfo
-----------------

 -- Command: videoinfo [[WxH]xD]
     List available video modes.  If resolution is given, show only
     matching modes.


File: grub.info,  Node: wrmsr,  Next: xen_hypervisor,  Prev: videoinfo,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.80 wrmsr
-------------

 -- Command:: wrmsr 0xADDR 0xVALUE
     Write a 0xVALUE to a model-specific register at address 0xADDR.

     Please note that on SMP systems, writing to a MSR that has a scope
     per hardware thread, implies that the value that is written only
     applies to the particular cpu/core/thread that runs the command.

     Also, if you specify a reserved or unimplemented MSR address, it
     will cause a general protection exception (which is not currently
     being handled) and the system will reboot.

     Note: The command is not allowed when lockdown is enforced (*note
     Lockdown::).  This is done to prevent subverting various security
     mechanisms.


File: grub.info,  Node: xen_hypervisor,  Next: xen_module,  Prev: wrmsr,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.81 xen_hypervisor
----------------------

 -- Command: xen_hypervisor file [arguments] ...
     Load a Xen hypervisor binary from FILE.  The rest of the line is
     passed verbatim as the "kernel command-line".  Any other binaries
     must be reloaded after using this command.  This command is only
     available on AArch64 systems.


File: grub.info,  Node: xen_module,  Prev: xen_hypervisor,  Up: Command-line and menu entry commands

16.3.82 xen_module
------------------

 -- Command: xen_module [--nounzip] file [arguments]
     Load a module for xen hypervisor at the booting process of xen.
     The rest of the line is passed verbatim as the module command line.
     Modules should be loaded in the following order: - dom0 kernel
     image - dom0 ramdisk if present - XSM policy if present This
     command is only available on AArch64 systems.


File: grub.info,  Node: Networking commands,  Prev: Command-line and menu entry commands,  Up: Commands

16.4 The list of networking commands
====================================

* Menu:

* net_add_addr::                Add a network address
* net_add_dns::                 Add a DNS server
* net_add_route::               Add routing entry
* net_bootp::                   Perform a bootp/DHCP autoconfiguration
* net_del_addr::                Remove IP address from interface
* net_del_dns::                 Remove a DNS server
* net_del_route::               Remove a route entry
* net_dhcp::                    Perform a DHCP autoconfiguration
* net_get_dhcp_option::         Retrieve DHCP options
* net_ipv6_autoconf::           Perform IPv6 autoconfiguration
* net_ls_addr::                 List interfaces
* net_ls_cards::                List network cards
* net_ls_dns::                  List DNS servers
* net_ls_routes::               List routing entries
* net_nslookup::                Perform a DNS lookup


File: grub.info,  Node: net_add_addr,  Next: net_add_dns,  Up: Networking commands

16.4.1 net_add_addr
-------------------

 -- Command: net_add_addr INTERFACE CARD ADDRESS
     Configure additional network INTERFACE with ADDRESS on a network
     CARD.  ADDRESS can be either IP in dotted decimal notation, or
     symbolic name which is resolved using DNS lookup.  If successful,
     this command also adds local link routing entry to the default
     subnet of ADDRESS with name INTERFACE':local' via INTERFACE.


File: grub.info,  Node: net_add_dns,  Next: net_add_route,  Prev: net_add_addr,  Up: Networking commands

16.4.2 net_add_dns
------------------

 -- Command: net_add_dns SERVER
     Resolve SERVER IP address and add to the list of DNS servers used
     during name lookup.


File: grub.info,  Node: net_add_route,  Next: net_bootp,  Prev: net_add_dns,  Up: Networking commands

16.4.3 net_add_route
--------------------

 -- Command: net_add_route SHORTNAME IP[/PREFIX] [INTERFACE | 'gw'
          GATEWAY]
     Add route to network with address IP as modified by PREFIX via
     either local INTERFACE or GATEWAY.  PREFIX is optional and defaults
     to 32 for IPv4 address and 128 for IPv6 address.  Route is
     identified by SHORTNAME which can be used to remove it (*note
     net_del_route::).


File: grub.info,  Node: net_bootp,  Next: net_del_addr,  Prev: net_add_route,  Up: Networking commands

16.4.4 net_bootp
----------------

 -- Command: net_bootp [CARD]
     Alias for net_dhcp, for compatibility with older Grub versions.
     Will perform the same DHCP handshake with potential fallback to
     BOOTP as the net_dhcp command (*note net_dhcp::).


File: grub.info,  Node: net_del_addr,  Next: net_del_dns,  Prev: net_bootp,  Up: Networking commands

16.4.5 net_del_addr
-------------------

 -- Command: net_del_addr INTERFACE
     Remove configured INTERFACE with associated address.


File: grub.info,  Node: net_del_dns,  Next: net_del_route,  Prev: net_del_addr,  Up: Networking commands

16.4.6 net_del_dns
------------------

 -- Command: net_del_dns ADDRESS
     Remove ADDRESS from list of servers used during name lookup.


File: grub.info,  Node: net_del_route,  Next: net_dhcp,  Prev: net_del_dns,  Up: Networking commands

16.4.7 net_del_route
--------------------

 -- Command: net_del_route SHORTNAME
     Remove route entry identified by SHORTNAME.


File: grub.info,  Node: net_dhcp,  Next: net_get_dhcp_option,  Prev: net_del_route,  Up: Networking commands

16.4.8 net_dhcp
---------------

 -- Command: net_dhcp [CARD]
     Perform configuration of CARD using DHCP protocol.  If no card name
     is specified, try to configure all existing cards.  Falls back to
     the BOOTP protocol, if needed.  If configuration was successful,
     interface with name CARD':dhcp' and configured address is added to
     CARD.  Additionally the following DHCP options are recognized and
     processed:

     '1 (Subnet Mask)'
          Used to calculate network local routing entry for interface
          CARD':dhcp'.
     '3 (Router)'
          Adds default route entry with the name CARD':dhcp:default' via
          gateway from DHCP option.  Note that only option with single
          route is accepted.
     '6 (Domain Name Server)'
          Adds all servers from option value to the list of servers used
          during name resolution.
     '12 (Host Name)'
          Sets environment variable 'net_'<CARD>'_dhcp_hostname' (*note
          net_<INTERFACE>_hostname::) to the value of option.
     '15 (Domain Name)'
          Sets environment variable 'net_'<CARD>'_dhcp_domain' (*note
          net_<INTERFACE>_domain::) to the value of option.
     '17 (Root Path)'
          Sets environment variable 'net_'<CARD>'_dhcp_rootpath' (*note
          net_<INTERFACE>_rootpath::) to the value of option.
     '18 (Extensions Path)'
          Sets environment variable 'net_'<CARD>'_dhcp_extensionspath'
          (*note net_<INTERFACE>_extensionspath::) to the value of
          option.
     '66 (TFTP Server Name)'
          Sets environment variable 'net_'<CARD>'_dhcp_server_name'
          (*note net_<INTERFACE>_dhcp_server_name::) to the value of
          option.
     '67 (Filename)'
          Sets environment variable 'net_'<CARD>'_boot_file' (*note
          net_<INTERFACE>_boot_file::) to the value of option.


File: grub.info,  Node: net_get_dhcp_option,  Next: net_ipv6_autoconf,  Prev: net_dhcp,  Up: Networking commands

16.4.9 net_get_dhcp_option
--------------------------

 -- Command: net_get_dhcp_option VAR INTERFACE NUMBER TYPE
     Request DHCP option NUMBER of TYPE via INTERFACE.  TYPE can be one
     of 'string', 'number' or 'hex'.  If option is found, assign its
     value to variable VAR.  Values of types 'number' and 'hex' are
     converted to string representation.


File: grub.info,  Node: net_ipv6_autoconf,  Next: net_ls_addr,  Prev: net_get_dhcp_option,  Up: Networking commands

16.4.10 net_ipv6_autoconf
-------------------------

 -- Command: net_ipv6_autoconf [CARD]
     Perform IPv6 autoconfiguration by adding to the CARD interface with
     name CARD':link' and link local MAC-based address.  If no card is
     specified, perform autoconfiguration for all existing cards.


File: grub.info,  Node: net_ls_addr,  Next: net_ls_cards,  Prev: net_ipv6_autoconf,  Up: Networking commands

16.4.11 net_ls_addr
-------------------

 -- Command: net_ls_addr
     List all configured interfaces with their MAC and IP addresses.


File: grub.info,  Node: net_ls_cards,  Next: net_ls_dns,  Prev: net_ls_addr,  Up: Networking commands

16.4.12 net_ls_cards
--------------------

 -- Command: net_ls_cards
     List all detected network cards with their MAC address.


File: grub.info,  Node: net_ls_dns,  Next: net_ls_routes,  Prev: net_ls_cards,  Up: Networking commands

16.4.13 net_ls_dns
------------------

 -- Command: net_ls_dns
     List addresses of DNS servers used during name lookup.


File: grub.info,  Node: net_ls_routes,  Next: net_nslookup,  Prev: net_ls_dns,  Up: Networking commands

16.4.14 net_ls_routes
---------------------

 -- Command: net_ls_routes
     List routing entries.


File: grub.info,  Node: net_nslookup,  Prev: net_ls_routes,  Up: Networking commands

16.4.15 net_nslookup
--------------------

 -- Command: net_nslookup NAME [SERVER]
     Resolve address of NAME using DNS server SERVER.  If no server is
     given, use default list of servers.


File: grub.info,  Node: Internationalisation,  Next: Security,  Prev: Commands,  Up: Top

17 Internationalisation
***********************

17.1 Charset
============

GRUB uses UTF-8 internally other than in rendering where some
GRUB-specific appropriate representation is used.  All text files
(including config) are assumed to be encoded in UTF-8.

17.2 Filesystems
================

NTFS, JFS, UDF, HFS+, exFAT, long filenames in FAT, Joliet part of
ISO9660 are treated as UTF-16 as per specification.  AFS and BFS are
read as UTF-8, again according to specification.  BtrFS, cpio, tar,
squash4, minix, minix2, minix3, ROMFS, ReiserFS, XFS, ext2, ext3, ext4,
FAT (short names), F2FS, RockRidge part of ISO9660, nilfs2, UFS1, UFS2
and ZFS are assumed to be UTF-8.  This might be false on systems
configured with legacy charset but as long as the charset used is
superset of ASCII you should be able to access ASCII-named files.  And
it's recommended to configure your system to use UTF-8 to access the
filesystem, convmv may help with migration.  ISO9660 (plain) filenames
are specified as being ASCII or being described with unspecified escape
sequences.  GRUB assumes that the ISO9660 names are UTF-8 (since any
ASCII is valid UTF-8).  There are some old CD-ROMs which use CP437 in
non-compliant way.  You're still able to access files with names
containing only ASCII characters on such filesystems though.  You're
also able to access any file if the filesystem contains valid Joliet
(UTF-16) or RockRidge (UTF-8).  AFFS, SFS and HFS never use unicode and
GRUB assumes them to be in Latin1, Latin1 and MacRoman respectively.
GRUB handles filesystem case-insensitivity however no attempt is
performed at case conversion of international characters so e.g.  a file
named lowercase greek alpha is treated as different from the one named
as uppercase alpha.  The filesystems in questions are NTFS (except POSIX
namespace), HFS+ (configurable at mkfs time, default insensitive), SFS
(configurable at mkfs time, default insensitive), JFS (configurable at
mkfs time, default sensitive), HFS, AFFS, FAT, exFAT and ZFS
(configurable on per-subvolume basis by property "casesensitivity",
default sensitive).  On ZFS subvolumes marked as case insensitive files
containing lowercase international characters are inaccessible.  Also
like all supported filesystems except HFS+ and ZFS (configurable on
per-subvolume basis by property "normalization", default none) GRUB
makes no attempt at check of canonical equivalence so a file name
u-diaresis is treated as distinct from u+combining diaresis.  This
however means that in order to access file on HFS+ its name must be
specified in normalisation form D. On normalized ZFS subvolumes
filenames out of normalisation are inaccessible.

17.3 Output terminal
====================

Firmware output console "console" on ARC and IEEE1275 are limited to
ASCII.

   BIOS firmware console and VGA text are limited to ASCII and some
pseudographics.

   None of above mentioned is appropriate for displaying international
and any unsupported character is replaced with question mark except
pseudographics which we attempt to approximate with ASCII.

   EFI console on the other hand nominally supports UTF-16 but actual
language coverage depends on firmware and may be very limited.

   The encoding used on serial can be chosen with 'terminfo' as either
ASCII, UTF-8 or "visual UTF-8".  Last one is against the specification
but results in correct rendering of right-to-left on some readers which
don't have own bidi implementation.

   On emu GRUB checks if charset is UTF-8 and uses it if so and uses
ASCII otherwise.

   When using gfxterm or gfxmenu GRUB itself is responsible for
rendering the text.  In this case GRUB is limited by loaded fonts.  If
fonts contain all required characters then bidirectional text, cursive
variants and combining marks other than enclosing, half (e.g.  left half
tilde or combining overline) and double ones.  Ligatures aren't
supported though.  This should cover European, Middle Eastern (if you
don't mind lack of lam-alif ligature in Arabic) and East Asian scripts.
Notable unsupported scripts are Brahmic family and derived as well as
Mongolian, Tifinagh, Korean Jamo (precomposed characters have no
problem) and tonal writing (2e5-2e9).  GRUB also ignores deprecated (as
specified in Unicode) characters (e.g.  tags).  GRUB also doesn't handle
so called "annotation characters" If you can complete either of two
lists or, better, propose a patch to improve rendering, please contact
developer team.

17.4 Input terminal
===================

Firmware console on BIOS, IEEE1275 and ARC doesn't allow you to enter
non-ASCII characters.  EFI specification allows for such but author is
unaware of any actual implementations.  Serial input is currently
limited for latin1 (unlikely to change).  Own keyboard implementations
(at_keyboard and usb_keyboard) supports any key but work on
one-char-per-keystroke.  So no dead keys or advanced input method.  Also
there is no keymap change hotkey.  In practice it makes difficult to
enter any text using non-Latin alphabet.  Moreover all current input
consumers are limited to ASCII.

17.5 Gettext
============

GRUB supports being translated.  For this you need to have language *.mo
files in $prefix/locale, load gettext module and set "lang" variable.

17.6 Regexp
===========

Regexps work on unicode characters, however no attempt at checking
cannonical equivalence has been made.  Moreover the classes like
[:alpha:] match only ASCII subset.

17.7 Other
==========

Currently GRUB always uses YEAR-MONTH-DAY HOUR:MINUTE:SECOND [WEEKDAY]
24-hour datetime format but weekdays are translated.  GRUB always uses
the decimal number format with [0-9] as digits and .  as descimal
separator and no group separator.  IEEE1275 aliases are matched
case-insensitively except non-ASCII which is matched as binary.  Similar
behaviour is for matching OSBundleRequired.  Since IEEE1275 aliases and
OSBundleRequired don't contain any non-ASCII it should never be a
problem in practice.  Case-sensitive identifiers are matched as raw
strings, no canonical equivalence check is performed.  Case-insenstive
identifiers are matched as RAW but additionally [a-z] is equivalent to
[A-Z]. GRUB-defined identifiers use only ASCII and so should
user-defined ones.  Identifiers containing non-ASCII may work but aren't
supported.  Only the ASCII space characters (space U+0020, tab U+000b,
CR U+000d and LF U+000a) are recognised.  Other unicode space characters
aren't a valid field separator.  'test' (*note test::) tests <, >, <=,
>=, -pgt and -plt compare the strings in the lexicographical order of
unicode codepoints, replicating the behaviour of test from coreutils.
environment variables and commands are listed in the same order.


File: grub.info,  Node: Security,  Next: Platform limitations,  Prev: Internationalisation,  Up: Top

18 Security
***********

* Menu:

* Authentication and authorisation:: Users and access control
* Using digital signatures::         Booting digitally signed code
* UEFI secure boot and shim::        Booting digitally signed PE files
* Secure Boot Advanced Targeting::   Embedded information for generation number based revocation
* Measured Boot::                    Measuring boot components
* Lockdown::                         Lockdown when booting on a secure setup


File: grub.info,  Node: Authentication and authorisation,  Next: Using digital signatures,  Up: Security

18.1 Authentication and authorisation in GRUB
=============================================

By default, the boot loader interface is accessible to anyone with
physical access to the console: anyone can select and edit any menu
entry, and anyone can get direct access to a GRUB shell prompt.  For
most systems, this is reasonable since anyone with direct physical
access has a variety of other ways to gain full access, and requiring
authentication at the boot loader level would only serve to make it
difficult to recover broken systems.

   However, in some environments, such as kiosks, it may be appropriate
to lock down the boot loader to require authentication before performing
certain operations.

   The 'password' (*note password::) and 'password_pbkdf2' (*note
password_pbkdf2::) commands can be used to define users, each of which
has an associated password.  'password' sets the password in plain text,
requiring 'grub.cfg' to be secure; 'password_pbkdf2' sets the password
hashed using the Password-Based Key Derivation Function (RFC 2898),
requiring the use of 'grub-mkpasswd-pbkdf2' (*note Invoking
grub-mkpasswd-pbkdf2::) to generate password hashes.

   In order to enable authentication support, the 'superusers'
environment variable must be set to a list of usernames, separated by
any of spaces, commas, semicolons, pipes, or ampersands.  Superusers are
permitted to use the GRUB command line, edit menu entries, and execute
any menu entry.  If 'superusers' is set, then use of the command line
and editing of menu entries are automatically restricted to superusers.
Setting 'superusers' to empty string effectively disables both access to
CLI and editing of menu entries.  Note: The environment variable needs
to be exported to also affect the section defined by the 'submenu'
command (*note submenu::).

   Other users may be allowed to execute specific menu entries by giving
a list of usernames (as above) using the '--users' option to the
'menuentry' command (*note menuentry::).  If the '--unrestricted' option
is used for a menu entry, then that entry is unrestricted.  If the
'--users' option is not used for a menu entry, then that only superusers
are able to use it.

   Putting this together, a typical 'grub.cfg' fragment might look like
this:

     set superusers="root"
     password_pbkdf2 root grub.pbkdf2.sha512.10000.biglongstring
     password user1 insecure

     menuentry "May be run by any user" --unrestricted {
     	set root=(hd0,1)
     	linux /vmlinuz
     }

     menuentry "Superusers only" --users "" {
     	set root=(hd0,1)
     	linux /vmlinuz single
     }

     menuentry "May be run by user1 or a superuser" --users user1 {
     	set root=(hd0,2)
     	chainloader +1
     }

   The 'grub-mkconfig' program does not yet have built-in support for
generating configuration files with authentication.  You can use
'/etc/grub.d/40_custom' to add simple superuser authentication, by
adding 'set superusers=' and 'password' or 'password_pbkdf2' commands.


File: grub.info,  Node: Using digital signatures,  Next: UEFI secure boot and shim,  Prev: Authentication and authorisation,  Up: Security

18.2 Using digital signatures in GRUB
=====================================

GRUB's 'core.img' can optionally provide enforcement that all files
subsequently read from disk are covered by a valid digital signature.
This document does *not* cover how to ensure that your platform's
firmware (e.g., Coreboot) validates 'core.img'.

   If environment variable 'check_signatures' (*note check_signatures::)
is set to 'enforce', then every attempt by the GRUB 'core.img' to load
another file 'foo' implicitly invokes 'verify_detached foo foo.sig'
(*note verify_detached::).  'foo.sig' must contain a valid digital
signature over the contents of 'foo', which can be verified with a
public key currently trusted by GRUB (*note list_trusted::, *note
trust::, and *note distrust::).  If validation fails, then file 'foo'
cannot be opened.  This failure may halt or otherwise impact the boot
process.

   An initial trusted public key can be embedded within the GRUB
'core.img' using the '--pubkey' option to 'grub-install' (*note Invoking
grub-install::).

   GRUB uses GPG-style detached signatures (meaning that a file
'foo.sig' will be produced when file 'foo' is signed), and currently
supports the DSA and RSA signing algorithms.  A signing key can be
generated as follows:

     gpg --gen-key

   An individual file can be signed as follows:

     gpg --detach-sign /path/to/file

   For successful validation of all of GRUB's subcomponents and the
loaded OS kernel, they must all be signed.  One way to accomplish this
is the following (after having already produced the desired 'grub.cfg'
file, e.g., by running 'grub-mkconfig' (*note Invoking grub-mkconfig::):

     # Edit /dev/shm/passphrase.txt to contain your signing key's passphrase
     for i in `find /boot -name "*.cfg" -or -name "*.lst" -or \
       -name "*.mod" -or -name "vmlinuz*" -or -name "initrd*" -or \
       -name "grubenv"`;
     do
       gpg --batch --detach-sign --passphrase-fd 0 $i < \
         /dev/shm/passphrase.txt
     done
     shred /dev/shm/passphrase.txt

   See also: *note check_signatures::, *note verify_detached::, *note
trust::, *note list_trusted::, *note distrust::, *note load_env::, *note
save_env::.

   Note that internally signature enforcement is controlled by setting
the environment variable 'check_signatures' equal to 'enforce'.  Passing
one or more '--pubkey' options to 'grub-mkimage' implicitly defines
'check_signatures' equal to 'enforce' in 'core.img' prior to processing
any configuration files.

   Note that signature checking does *not* prevent an attacker with
(serial, physical, ...)  console access from dropping manually to the
GRUB console and executing:

     set check_signatures=no

   To prevent this, password-protection (*note Authentication and
authorisation::) is essential.  Note that even with GRUB password
protection, GRUB itself cannot prevent someone with physical access to
the machine from altering that machine's firmware (e.g., Coreboot or
BIOS) configuration to cause the machine to boot from a different
(attacker-controlled) device.  GRUB is at best only one link in a secure
boot chain.


File: grub.info,  Node: UEFI secure boot and shim,  Next: Secure Boot Advanced Targeting,  Prev: Using digital signatures,  Up: Security

18.3 UEFI secure boot and shim support
======================================

The GRUB, except the 'chainloader' command, works with the UEFI secure
boot and the shim.  This functionality is provided by the shim_lock
verifier.  It is built into the 'core.img' and is registered if the UEFI
secure boot is enabled.  The 'shim_lock' variable is set to 'y' when
shim_lock verifier is registered.  If it is desired to use UEFI secure
boot without shim, one can disable shim_lock by disabling shim
verification with MokSbState UEFI variable or by building grub image
with '--disable-shim-lock' option.

   All GRUB modules not stored in the 'core.img', OS kernels, ACPI
tables, Device Trees, etc.  have to be signed, e.g, using PGP.
Additionally, the commands that can be used to subvert the UEFI secure
boot mechanism, such as 'iorw' and 'memrw' will not be available when
the UEFI secure boot is enabled.  This is done for security reasons and
are enforced by the GRUB Lockdown mechanism (*note Lockdown::).


File: grub.info,  Node: Secure Boot Advanced Targeting,  Next: Measured Boot,  Prev: UEFI secure boot and shim,  Up: Security

18.4 Embedded information for generation number based revocation
================================================================

The Secure Boot Advanced Targeting (SBAT) is a mechanism to allow the
revocation of components in the boot path by using generation numbers
embedded into the EFI binaries.  The SBAT metadata is located in an
.sbat data section that has set of UTF-8 strings as comma-separated
values (CSV). See <https://github.com/rhboot/shim/blob/main/SBAT.md> for
more details.

   To add a data section containing the SBAT information into the
binary, the '--sbat' option of 'grub-mkimage' command should be used.
The content of a CSV file, encoded with UTF-8, is copied as is to the
.sbat data section into the generated EFI binary.  The CSV file can be
stored anywhere on the file system.

     grub-mkimage -O x86_64-efi -o grubx64.efi -p '(tftp)/grub' --sbat sbat.csv efinet tftp


File: grub.info,  Node: Measured Boot,  Next: Lockdown,  Prev: Secure Boot Advanced Targeting,  Up: Security

18.5 Measuring boot components
==============================

If the tpm module is loaded and the platform has a Trusted Platform
Module installed, GRUB will log each command executed and each file
loaded into the TPM event log and extend the PCR values in the TPM
correspondingly.  All events will be logged into the PCR described below
with a type of EV_IPL and an event description as described below.

Event type             PCR     Description
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Command                8       All executed commands (including those
                               from configuration files) will be logged
                               and measured as entered with a prefix of
                               "grub_cmd: "
Kernel command line    8       Any command line passed to a kernel will
                               be logged and measured as entered with a
                               prefix of "kernel_cmdline: "
Module command line    8       Any command line passed to a kernel
                               module will be logged and measured as
                               entered with a prefix of "module_cmdline:
                               "
Files                  9       Any file read by GRUB will be logged and
                               measured with a descriptive text
                               corresponding to the filename.

   GRUB will not measure its own 'core.img' - it is expected that
firmware will carry this out.  GRUB will also not perform any
measurements until the tpm module is loaded.  As such it is recommended
that the tpm module be built into 'core.img' in order to avoid a
potential gap in measurement between 'core.img' being loaded and the tpm
module being loaded.

   Measured boot is currently only supported on EFI platforms.


File: grub.info,  Node: Lockdown,  Prev: Measured Boot,  Up: Security

18.6 Lockdown when booting on a secure setup
============================================

The GRUB can be locked down when booted on a secure boot environment,
for example if the UEFI secure boot is enabled.  On a locked down
configuration, the GRUB will be restricted and some operations/commands
cannot be executed.

   The 'lockdown' variable is set to 'y' when the GRUB is locked down.
Otherwise it does not exit.


File: grub.info,  Node: Platform limitations,  Next: Platform-specific operations,  Prev: Security,  Up: Top

19 Platform limitations
***********************

GRUB2 is designed to be portable and is actually ported across
platforms.  We try to keep all platforms at the level.  Unfortunately
some platforms are better supported than others.  This is detailed in
current and 2 following sections.

   All platforms have an artificially GRUB imposed disk size restriction
of 1 EiB. In some cases, larger disk sizes can be used, but access will
not be allowed beyond 1 EiB.

   LUKS2 devices with size larger than 16 EiB are currently not
supported.  They can not be created as crypto devices by cryptomount, so
can not even be partially read from.  LUKS have no limitations other
than those imposed by the format.

   ARC platform is unable to change datetime (firmware doesn't seem to
provide a function for it).  EMU has similar limitation.

   On EMU platform no serial port is available.

   Console charset refers only to firmware-assisted console.  gfxterm is
always Unicode (see Internationalisation section for its limitations).
Serial is configurable to UTF-8 or ASCII (see Internationalisation).  In
case of qemu and coreboot ports the refered console is vga_text.
Loongson always uses gfxterm.

   Most limited one is ASCII. CP437 provides additionally
pseudographics.  GRUB2 doesn't use any language characters from CP437 as
often CP437 is replaced by national encoding compatible only in
pseudographics.  Unicode is the most versatile charset which supports
many languages.  However the actual console may be much more limited
depending on firmware

   On BIOS, network is supported only if the image is loaded through
network.  On sparc64, GRUB is unable to determine which server it was
booted from.

   Direct ATA/AHCI support allows to circumvent various firmware
limitations but isn't needed for normal operation except on baremetal
ports.

   AT keyboard support allows keyboard layout remapping and support for
keys not available through firmware.  It isn't needed for normal
operation except baremetal ports.

   Speaker allows morse and spkmodem communication.

   USB support provides benefits similar to ATA (for USB disks) or AT
(for USB keyboards).  In addition it allows USBserial.

   Chainloading refers to the ability to load another bootloader through
the same protocol

   Hints allow faster disk discovery by already knowing in advance which
is the disk in question.  On some platforms hints are correct unless you
move the disk between boots.  On other platforms it's just an educated
guess.  Note that hint failure results in just reduced performance, not
a failure

   BadRAM is the ability to mark some of the RAM as "bad".  Note: due to
protocol limitations mips-loongson (with Linux protocol) and
mips-qemu_mips can use only memory up to first hole.

   Bootlocation is ability of GRUB to automatically detect where it
boots from.  "disk" means the detection is limited to detecting the disk
with partition being discovered on install time.  "partition" means that
disk and partiton can be automatically discovered.  "file" means that
boot image file name as well as disk and partition can be discovered.
For consistency, default install ignores partition and relies solely on
disk detection.  If no bootlocation discovery is available or boot and
grub-root disks are different, UUID is used instead.  On ARC if no
device to install to is specified, UUID is used instead as well.

               BIOS           Coreboot       Multiboot      Qemu
video          yes            yes            yes            yes
console        CP437          CP437          CP437          CP437
charset
network        yes (*)        no             no             no
ATA/AHCI       yes            yes            yes            yes
AT keyboard    yes            yes            yes            yes
Speaker        yes            yes            yes            yes
USB            yes            yes            yes            yes
chainloader    local          yes            yes            no
cpuid          partial        partial        partial        partial
rdmsr          partial        partial        partial        partial
wrmsr          partial        partial        partial        partial
hints          guess          guess          guess          guess
PCI            yes            yes            yes            yes
badram         yes            yes            yes            yes
compression    always         pointless      no             no
exit           yes            no             no             no
bootlocation   disk           no             no             no

               ia32 EFI       amd64 EFI      ia32           Itanium
                                             IEEE1275
video          yes            yes            no             no
console        Unicode        Unicode        ASCII          Unicode
charset
network        yes            yes            yes            yes
ATA/AHCI       yes            yes            yes            no
AT keyboard    yes            yes            yes            no
Speaker        yes            yes            yes            no
USB            yes            yes            yes            no
chainloader    local          local          no             local
cpuid          partial        partial        partial        no
rdmsr          partial        partial        partial        no
wrmsr          partial        partial        partial        no
hints          guess          guess          good           guess
PCI            yes            yes            yes            no
badram         yes            yes            no             yes
compression    no             no             no             no
exit           yes            yes            yes            yes
bootlocation   file           file           file,          file
                                             ignored

               Loongson       sparc64        Powerpc        ARC
video          yes            no             yes            no
console        N/A            ASCII          ASCII          ASCII
charset
network        no             yes (*)        yes            no
ATA/AHCI       yes            no             no             no
AT keyboard    yes            no             no             no
Speaker        no             no             no             no
USB            yes            no             no             no
chainloader    yes            no             no             no
cpuid          no             no             no             no
rdmsr          no             no             no             no
wrmsr          no             no             no             no
hints          good           good           good           no
PCI            yes            no             no             no
badram         yes (*)        no             no             no
compression    configurable   no             no             configurable
exit           no             yes            yes            yes
bootlocation   no             partition      file           file (*)

               MIPS qemu      emu            xen
video          no             yes            no
console        CP437          Unicode (*)    ASCII
charset
network        no             yes            no
ATA/AHCI       yes            no             no
AT keyboard    yes            no             no
Speaker        no             no             no
USB            N/A            yes            no
chainloader    yes            no             yes
cpuid          no             no             yes
rdmsr          no             no             yes
wrmsr          no             no             yes
hints          guess          no             no
PCI            no             no             no
badram         yes (*)        no             no
compression    configurable   no             no
exit           no             yes            no
bootlocation   no             file           no


File: grub.info,  Node: Platform-specific operations,  Next: Supported kernels,  Prev: Platform limitations,  Up: Top

20 Outline
**********

Some platforms have features which allows to implement some commands
useless or not implementable on others.

   Quick summary:

   Information retrieval:

   * mipsel-loongson: lsspd
   * mips-arc: lsdev
   * efi: lsefisystab, lssal, lsefimmap, lsefi
   * i386-pc: lsapm
   * i386-coreboot: lscoreboot, coreboot_boottime, cbmemc
   * acpi-enabled (i386-pc, i386-coreboot, i386-multiboot, *-efi):
     lsacpi

   Workarounds for platform-specific issues:
   * i386-efi/x86_64-efi: loadbios, fakebios, fix_video
   * acpi-enabled (i386-pc, i386-coreboot, i386-multiboot, *-efi): acpi
     (override ACPI tables)
   * i386-pc: drivemap
   * i386-pc: sendkey

   Advanced operations for power users:
   * x86: iorw (direct access to I/O ports)

   Miscelaneous:
   * cmos (x86-*, ieee1275, mips-qemu_mips, mips-loongson): cmostest
     (used on some laptops to check for special power-on key), cmosclean
   * i386-pc: play


File: grub.info,  Node: Supported kernels,  Next: Troubleshooting,  Prev: Platform-specific operations,  Up: Top

21 Supported boot targets
*************************

X86 support is summarised in the following table.  "Yes" means that the
kernel works on the given platform, "crashes" means an early kernel
crash which we hope will be fixed by concerned kernel developers.  "no"
means GRUB doesn't load the given kernel on a given platform.
"headless" means that the kernel works but lacks console drivers (you
can still use serial or network console).  In case of "no" and "crashes"
the reason is given in footnote.
                                     BIOS             Coreboot
BIOS chainloading                    yes              no (1)
NTLDR                                yes              no (1)
Plan9                                yes              no (1)
Freedos                              yes              no (1)
FreeBSD bootloader                   yes              crashes (1)
32-bit kFreeBSD                      yes              crashes (5)
64-bit kFreeBSD                      yes              crashes (5)
32-bit kNetBSD                       yes              crashes (1)
64-bit kNetBSD                       yes              crashes
32-bit kOpenBSD                      yes              yes
64-bit kOpenBSD                      yes              yes
Multiboot                            yes              yes
Multiboot2                           yes              yes
32-bit Linux (legacy protocol)       yes              no (1)
64-bit Linux (legacy protocol)       yes              no (1)
32-bit Linux (modern protocol)       yes              yes
64-bit Linux (modern protocol)       yes              yes
32-bit XNU                           yes              ?
64-bit XNU                           yes              ?
32-bit EFI chainloader               no (2)           no (2)
64-bit EFI chainloader               no (2)           no (2)
Appleloader                          no (2)           no (2)

                                     Multiboot        Qemu
BIOS chainloading                    no (1)           no (1)
NTLDR                                no (1)           no (1)
Plan9                                no (1)           no (1)
FreeDOS                              no (1)           no (1)
FreeBSD bootloader                   crashes (1)      crashes (1)
32-bit kFreeBSD                      crashes (5)      crashes (5)
64-bit kFreeBSD                      crashes (5)      crashes (5)
32-bit kNetBSD                       crashes (1)      crashes (1)
64-bit kNetBSD                       yes              yes
32-bit kOpenBSD                      yes              yes
64-bit kOpenBSD                      yes              yes
Multiboot                            yes              yes
Multiboot2                           yes              yes
32-bit Linux (legacy protocol)       no (1)           no (1)
64-bit Linux (legacy protocol)       no (1)           no (1)
32-bit Linux (modern protocol)       yes              yes
64-bit Linux (modern protocol)       yes              yes
32-bit XNU                           ?                ?
64-bit XNU                           ?                ?
32-bit EFI chainloader               no (2)           no (2)
64-bit EFI chainloader               no (2)           no (2)
Appleloader                          no (2)           no (2)

                                     ia32 EFI         amd64 EFI
BIOS chainloading                    no (1)           no (1)
NTLDR                                no (1)           no (1)
Plan9                                no (1)           no (1)
FreeDOS                              no (1)           no (1)
FreeBSD bootloader                   crashes (1)      crashes (1)
32-bit kFreeBSD                      headless         headless
64-bit kFreeBSD                      headless         headless
32-bit kNetBSD                       crashes (1)      crashes (1)
64-bit kNetBSD                       yes              yes
32-bit kOpenBSD                      headless         headless
64-bit kOpenBSD                      headless         headless
Multiboot                            yes              yes
Multiboot2                           yes              yes
32-bit Linux (legacy protocol)       no (1)           no (1)
64-bit Linux (legacy protocol)       no (1)           no (1)
32-bit Linux (modern protocol)       yes              yes
64-bit Linux (modern protocol)       yes              yes
32-bit XNU                           yes              yes
64-bit XNU                           yes (4)          yes
32-bit EFI chainloader               yes              no (3)
64-bit EFI chainloader               no (3)           yes
Appleloader                          yes              yes

                                     ia32 IEEE1275
BIOS chainloading                    no (1)
NTLDR                                no (1)
Plan9                                no (1)
FreeDOS                              no (1)
FreeBSD bootloader                   crashes (1)
32-bit kFreeBSD                      crashes (5)
64-bit kFreeBSD                      crashes (5)
32-bit kNetBSD                       crashes (1)
64-bit kNetBSD                       ?
32-bit kOpenBSD                      ?
64-bit kOpenBSD                      ?
Multiboot                            ?
Multiboot2                           ?
32-bit Linux (legacy protocol)       no (1)
64-bit Linux (legacy protocol)       no (1)
32-bit Linux (modern protocol)       ?
64-bit Linux (modern protocol)       ?
32-bit XNU                           ?
64-bit XNU                           ?
32-bit EFI chainloader               no (2)
64-bit EFI chainloader               no (2)
Appleloader                          no (2)

  1. Requires BIOS
  2. EFI only
  3. 32-bit and 64-bit EFI have different structures and work in
     different CPU modes so it's not possible to chainload 32-bit
     bootloader on 64-bit platform and vice-versa
  4. Some modules may need to be disabled
  5. Requires ACPI

   PowerPC, IA64 and Sparc64 ports support only Linux.  MIPS port
supports Linux and multiboot2.

21.1 Boot tests
===============

As you have seen in previous chapter the support matrix is pretty big
and some of the configurations are only rarely used.  To ensure the
quality bootchecks are available for all x86 targets except EFI
chainloader, Appleloader and XNU. All x86 platforms have bootcheck
facility except ieee1275.  Multiboot, multiboot2, BIOS chainloader,
ntldr and freebsd-bootloader boot targets are tested only with a fake
kernel images.  Only Linux is tested among the payloads using Linux
protocols.

   Following variables must be defined:

GRUB_PAYLOADS_DIR      directory containing the required kernels
GRUB_CBFSTOOL          cbfstool from Coreboot package (for coreboot
                       platform only)
GRUB_COREBOOT_ROM      empty Coreboot ROM
GRUB_QEMU_OPTS         additional options to be supplied to QEMU

   Required files are:

kfreebsd_env.i386             32-bit kFreeBSD device hints
kfreebsd.i386                 32-bit FreeBSD kernel image
kfreebsd.x86_64,              same from 64-bit kFreeBSD
kfreebsd_env.x86_64
knetbsd.i386                  32-bit NetBSD kernel image
knetbsd.miniroot.i386         32-bit kNetBSD miniroot.kmod.
knetbsd.x86_64,               same from 64-bit kNetBSD
knetbsd.miniroot.x86_64
kopenbsd.i386                 32-bit OpenBSD kernel bsd.rd image
kopenbsd.x86_64               same from 64-bit kOpenBSD
linux.i386                    32-bit Linux
linux.x86_64                  64-bit Linux


File: grub.info,  Node: Troubleshooting,  Next: Invoking grub-install,  Prev: Supported kernels,  Up: Top

22 Error messages produced by GRUB
**********************************

* Menu:

* GRUB only offers a rescue shell::
* Firmware stalls instead of booting GRUB::


File: grub.info,  Node: GRUB only offers a rescue shell,  Next: Firmware stalls instead of booting GRUB,  Up: Troubleshooting

22.1 GRUB only offers a rescue shell
====================================

GRUB's normal start-up procedure involves setting the 'prefix'
environment variable to a value set in the core image by 'grub-install',
setting the 'root' variable to match, loading the 'normal' module from
the prefix, and running the 'normal' command (*note normal::).  This
command is responsible for reading '/boot/grub/grub.cfg', running the
menu, and doing all the useful things GRUB is supposed to do.

   If, instead, you only get a rescue shell, this usually means that
GRUB failed to load the 'normal' module for some reason.  It may be
possible to work around this temporarily: for instance, if the reason
for the failure is that 'prefix' is wrong (perhaps it refers to the
wrong device, or perhaps the path to '/boot/grub' was not correctly made
relative to the device), then you can correct this and enter normal mode
manually:

     # Inspect the current prefix (and other preset variables):
     set
     # Find out which devices are available:
     ls
     # Set to the correct value, which might be something like this:
     set prefix=(hd0,1)/grub
     set root=(hd0,1)
     insmod normal
     normal

   However, any problem that leaves you in the rescue shell probably
means that GRUB was not correctly installed.  It may be more useful to
try to reinstall it properly using 'grub-install DEVICE' (*note Invoking
grub-install::).  When doing this, there are a few things to remember:

   * Drive ordering in your operating system may not be the same as the
     boot drive ordering used by your firmware.  Do not assume that your
     first hard drive (e.g.  '/dev/sda') is the one that your firmware
     will boot from.  'device.map' (*note Device map::) can be used to
     override this, but it is usually better to use UUIDs or file system
     labels and avoid depending on drive ordering entirely.

   * At least on BIOS systems, if you tell 'grub-install' to install
     GRUB to a partition but GRUB has already been installed in the
     master boot record, then the GRUB installation in the partition
     will be ignored.

   * If possible, it is generally best to avoid installing GRUB to a
     partition (unless it is a special partition for the use of GRUB
     alone, such as the BIOS Boot Partition used on GPT). Doing this
     means that GRUB may stop being able to read its core image due to a
     file system moving blocks around, such as while defragmenting,
     running checks, or even during normal operation.  Installing to the
     whole disk device is normally more robust.

   * Check that GRUB actually knows how to read from the device and file
     system containing '/boot/grub'.  It will not be able to read from
     encrypted devices with unsupported encryption scheme, nor from file
     systems for which support has not yet been added to GRUB.


File: grub.info,  Node: Firmware stalls instead of booting GRUB,  Prev: GRUB only offers a rescue shell,  Up: Troubleshooting

22.2 Firmware stalls instead of booting GRUB
============================================

The EFI implementation of some older MacBook laptops stalls when it gets
presented a grub-mkrescue ISO image for x86_64-efi target on an USB
stick.  Affected are models of year 2010 or earlier.  Workaround is to
zeroize the bytes 446 to 461 of the EFI partition, where mformat has put
a partition table entry which claims partition start at block 0.  This
change will not hamper bootability on other machines.


File: grub.info,  Node: Invoking grub-install,  Next: Invoking grub-mkconfig,  Prev: Troubleshooting,  Up: Top

23 Invoking grub-install
************************

The program 'grub-install' generates a GRUB core image using
'grub-mkimage' and installs it on your system.  You must specify the
device name on which you want to install GRUB, like this:

     grub-install INSTALL_DEVICE

   The device name INSTALL_DEVICE is an OS device name or a GRUB device
name.

   'grub-install' accepts the following options:

'--help'
     Print a summary of the command-line options and exit.

'--version'
     Print the version number of GRUB and exit.

'--boot-directory=DIR'
     Install GRUB images under the directory 'DIR/grub/' This option is
     useful when you want to install GRUB into a separate partition or a
     removable disk.  If this option is not specified then it defaults
     to '/boot', so

          grub-install /dev/sda

     is equivalent to

          grub-install --boot-directory=/boot/ /dev/sda

     Here is an example in which you have a separate "boot" partition
     which is mounted on '/mnt/boot':

          grub-install --boot-directory=/mnt/boot /dev/sdb

'--recheck'
     Recheck the device map, even if '/boot/grub/device.map' already
     exists.  You should use this option whenever you add/remove a disk
     into/from your computer.

'--no-rs-codes'
     By default on x86 BIOS systems, 'grub-install' will use some extra
     space in the bootloader embedding area for Reed-Solomon
     error-correcting codes.  This enables GRUB to still boot
     successfully if some blocks are corrupted.  The exact amount of
     protection offered is dependent on available space in the embedding
     area.  R sectors of redundancy can tolerate up to R/2 corrupted
     sectors.  This redundancy may be cumbersome if attempting to
     cryptographically validate the contents of the bootloader embedding
     area, or in more modern systems with GPT-style partition tables
     (*note BIOS installation::) where GRUB does not reside in any
     unpartitioned space outside of the MBR. Disable the Reed-Solomon
     codes with this option.


File: grub.info,  Node: Invoking grub-mkconfig,  Next: Invoking grub-mkpasswd-pbkdf2,  Prev: Invoking grub-install,  Up: Top

24 Invoking grub-mkconfig
*************************

The program 'grub-mkconfig' generates a configuration file for GRUB
(*note Simple configuration::).

     grub-mkconfig -o /boot/grub/grub.cfg

   'grub-mkconfig' accepts the following options:

'--help'
     Print a summary of the command-line options and exit.

'--version'
     Print the version number of GRUB and exit.

'-o FILE'
'--output=FILE'
     Send the generated configuration file to FILE.  The default is to
     send it to standard output.


File: grub.info,  Node: Invoking grub-mkpasswd-pbkdf2,  Next: Invoking grub-mkrelpath,  Prev: Invoking grub-mkconfig,  Up: Top

25 Invoking grub-mkpasswd-pbkdf2
********************************

The program 'grub-mkpasswd-pbkdf2' generates password hashes for GRUB
(*note Security::).

     grub-mkpasswd-pbkdf2

   'grub-mkpasswd-pbkdf2' accepts the following options:

'-c NUMBER'
'--iteration-count=NUMBER'
     Number of iterations of the underlying pseudo-random function.
     Defaults to 10000.

'-l NUMBER'
'--buflen=NUMBER'
     Length of the generated hash.  Defaults to 64.

'-s NUMBER'
'--salt=NUMBER'
     Length of the salt.  Defaults to 64.


File: grub.info,  Node: Invoking grub-mkrelpath,  Next: Invoking grub-mkrescue,  Prev: Invoking grub-mkpasswd-pbkdf2,  Up: Top

26 Invoking grub-mkrelpath
**************************

The program 'grub-mkrelpath' makes a file system path relative to the
root of its containing file system.  For instance, if '/usr' is a mount
point, then:

     $ grub-mkrelpath /usr/share/grub/unicode.pf2
     '/share/grub/unicode.pf2'

   This is mainly used internally by other GRUB utilities such as
'grub-mkconfig' (*note Invoking grub-mkconfig::), but may occasionally
also be useful for debugging.

   'grub-mkrelpath' accepts the following options:

'--help'
     Print a summary of the command-line options and exit.

'--version'
     Print the version number of GRUB and exit.


File: grub.info,  Node: Invoking grub-mkrescue,  Next: Invoking grub-mount,  Prev: Invoking grub-mkrelpath,  Up: Top

27 Invoking grub-mkrescue
*************************

The program 'grub-mkrescue' generates a bootable GRUB rescue image
(*note Making a GRUB bootable CD-ROM::).

     grub-mkrescue -o grub.iso

   All arguments not explicitly listed as 'grub-mkrescue' options are
passed on directly to 'xorriso' in 'mkisofs' emulation mode.  Options
passed to 'xorriso' will normally be interpreted as 'mkisofs' options;
if the option '--' is used, then anything after that will be interpreted
as native 'xorriso' options.

   Non-option arguments specify additional source directories.  This is
commonly used to add extra files to the image:

     mkdir -p disk/boot/grub
     (add extra files to 'disk/boot/grub')
     grub-mkrescue -o grub.iso disk

   'grub-mkrescue' accepts the following options:

'--help'
     Print a summary of the command-line options and exit.

'--version'
     Print the version number of GRUB and exit.

'-o FILE'
'--output=FILE'
     Save output in FILE.  This "option" is required.

'--modules=MODULES'
     Pre-load the named GRUB modules in the image.  Multiple entries in
     MODULES should be separated by whitespace (so you will probably
     need to quote this for your shell).

'--rom-directory=DIR'
     If generating images for the QEMU or Coreboot platforms, copy the
     resulting 'qemu.img' or 'coreboot.elf' files respectively to the
     DIR directory as well as including them in the image.

'--xorriso=FILE'
     Use FILE as the 'xorriso' program, rather than the built-in
     default.

'--grub-mkimage=FILE'
     Use FILE as the 'grub-mkimage' program, rather than the built-in
     default.


File: grub.info,  Node: Invoking grub-mount,  Next: Invoking grub-probe,  Prev: Invoking grub-mkrescue,  Up: Top

28 Invoking grub-mount
**********************

The program 'grub-mount' performs a read-only mount of any file system
or file system image that GRUB understands, using GRUB's file system
drivers via FUSE. (It is only available if FUSE development files were
present when GRUB was built.)  This has a number of uses:

   * It provides a convenient way to check how GRUB will view a file
     system at boot time.  You can use normal command-line tools to
     compare that view with that of your operating system, making it
     easy to find bugs.

   * It offers true read-only mounts.  Linux does not have these for
     journalling file systems, because it will always attempt to replay
     the journal at mount time; while you can temporarily mark the block
     device read-only to avoid this, that causes the mount to fail.
     Since GRUB intentionally contains no code for writing to file
     systems, it can easily provide a guaranteed read-only mount
     mechanism.

   * It allows you to examine any file system that GRUB understands
     without needing to load additional modules into your running
     kernel, which may be useful in constrained environments such as
     installers.

   * Since it can examine file system images (contained in regular
     files) just as easily as file systems on block devices, you can use
     it to inspect any file system image that GRUB understands with only
     enough privileges to use FUSE, even if nobody has yet written a
     FUSE module specifically for that file system type.

   Using 'grub-mount' is normally as simple as:

     grub-mount /dev/sda1 /mnt

   'grub-mount' must be given one or more images and a mount point as
non-option arguments (if it is given more than one image, it will treat
them as a RAID set), and also accepts the following options:

'--help'
     Print a summary of the command-line options and exit.

'--version'
     Print the version number of GRUB and exit.

'-C'
'--crypto'
     Mount encrypted devices, prompting for a passphrase if necessary.

'-d STRING'
'--debug=STRING'
     Show debugging output for conditions matching STRING.

'-K prompt|FILE'
'--zfs-key=prompt|FILE'
     Load a ZFS encryption key.  If you use 'prompt' as the argument,
     'grub-mount' will read a passphrase from the terminal; otherwise,
     it will read key material from the specified file.

'-r DEVICE'
'--root=DEVICE'
     Set the GRUB root device to DEVICE.  You do not normally need to
     set this; 'grub-mount' will automatically set the root device to
     the root of the supplied file system.

     If DEVICE is just a number, then it will be treated as a partition
     number within the supplied image.  This means that, if you have an
     image of an entire disk in 'disk.img', then you can use this
     command to mount its second partition:

          grub-mount -r 2 disk.img mount-point

'-v'
'--verbose'
     Print verbose messages.


File: grub.info,  Node: Invoking grub-probe,  Next: Invoking grub-script-check,  Prev: Invoking grub-mount,  Up: Top

29 Invoking grub-probe
**********************

The program 'grub-probe' probes device information for a given path or
device.

     grub-probe --target=fs /boot/grub
     grub-probe --target=drive --device /dev/sda1

   'grub-probe' must be given a path or device as a non-option argument,
and also accepts the following options:

'--help'
     Print a summary of the command-line options and exit.

'--version'
     Print the version number of GRUB and exit.

'-d'
'--device'
     If this option is given, then the non-option argument is a system
     device name (such as '/dev/sda1'), and 'grub-probe' will print
     information about that device.  If it is not given, then the
     non-option argument is a filesystem path (such as '/boot/grub'),
     and 'grub-probe' will print information about the device containing
     that part of the filesystem.

'-m FILE'
'--device-map=FILE'
     Use FILE as the device map (*note Device map::) rather than the
     default, usually '/boot/grub/device.map'.

'-t TARGET'
'--target=TARGET'
     Print information about the given path or device as defined by
     TARGET.  The available targets and their meanings are:

     'fs'
          GRUB filesystem module.
     'fs_uuid'
          Filesystem Universally Unique Identifier (UUID).
     'fs_label'
          Filesystem label.
     'drive'
          GRUB device name.
     'device'
          System device name.
     'partmap'
          GRUB partition map module.
     'abstraction'
          GRUB abstraction module (e.g.  'lvm').
     'cryptodisk_uuid'
          Crypto device UUID.
     'msdos_parttype'
          MBR partition type code (two hexadecimal digits).
     'hints_string'
          A string of platform search hints suitable for passing to the
          'search' command (*note search::).
     'bios_hints'
          Search hints for the PC BIOS platform.
     'ieee1275_hints'
          Search hints for the IEEE1275 platform.
     'baremetal_hints'
          Search hints for platforms where disks are addressed directly
          rather than via firmware.
     'efi_hints'
          Search hints for the EFI platform.
     'arc_hints'
          Search hints for the ARC platform.
     'compatibility_hint'
          A guess at a reasonable GRUB drive name for this device, which
          may be used as a fallback if the 'search' command fails.
     'disk'
          System device name for the whole disk.

'-v'
'--verbose'
     Print verbose messages.


File: grub.info,  Node: Invoking grub-script-check,  Next: Obtaining and Building GRUB,  Prev: Invoking grub-probe,  Up: Top

30 Invoking grub-script-check
*****************************

The program 'grub-script-check' takes a GRUB script file (*note
Shell-like scripting::) and checks it for syntax errors, similar to
commands such as 'sh -n'.  It may take a PATH as a non-option argument;
if none is supplied, it will read from standard input.

     grub-script-check /boot/grub/grub.cfg

   'grub-script-check' accepts the following options:

'--help'
     Print a summary of the command-line options and exit.

'--version'
     Print the version number of GRUB and exit.

'-v'
'--verbose'
     Print each line of input after reading it.


File: grub.info,  Node: Obtaining and Building GRUB,  Next: Reporting bugs,  Prev: Invoking grub-script-check,  Up: Top

Appendix A How to obtain and build GRUB
***************************************

     *Caution:* GRUB requires binutils-2.9.1.0.23 or later because the
     GNU assembler has been changed so that it can produce real 16bits
     machine code between 2.9.1 and 2.9.1.0.x.  See
     <http://sources.redhat.com/binutils/>, to obtain information on how
     to get the latest version.

   GRUB is available from the GNU alpha archive site
<ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/grub> or any of its mirrors.  The file will be
named grub-version.tar.gz.  The current version is 2.06, so the file you
should grab is:

   <ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/grub/grub-2.06.tar.gz>

   To unbundle GRUB use the instruction:

     zcat grub-2.06.tar.gz | tar xvf -

   which will create a directory called 'grub-2.06' with all the
sources.  You can look at the file 'INSTALL' for detailed instructions
on how to build and install GRUB, but you should be able to just do:

     cd grub-2.06
     ./configure
     make install

   Also, the latest version is available using Git.  See
<http://www.gnu.org/software/grub/grub-download.html> for more
information.


File: grub.info,  Node: Reporting bugs,  Next: Future,  Prev: Obtaining and Building GRUB,  Up: Top

Appendix B Reporting bugs
*************************

These are the guideline for how to report bugs.  Take a look at this
list below before you submit bugs:

  1. Before getting unsettled, read this manual through and through.
     Also, see the GNU GRUB FAQ
     (http://www.gnu.org/software/grub/grub-faq.html).

  2. Always mention the information on your GRUB. The version number and
     the configuration are quite important.  If you build it yourself,
     write the options specified to the configure script and your
     operating system, including the versions of gcc and binutils.

  3. If you have trouble with the installation, inform us of how you
     installed GRUB. Don't omit error messages, if any.  Just 'GRUB
     hangs up when it boots' is not enough.

     The information on your hardware is also essential.  These are
     especially important: the geometries and the partition tables of
     your hard disk drives and your BIOS.

  4. If GRUB cannot boot your operating system, write down _everything_
     you see on the screen.  Don't paraphrase them, like 'The foo OS
     crashes with GRUB, even though it can boot with the bar boot loader
     just fine'.  Mention the commands you executed, the messages
     printed by them, and information on your operating system including
     the version number.

  5. Explain what you wanted to do.  It is very useful to know your
     purpose and your wish, and how GRUB didn't satisfy you.

  6. If you can investigate the problem yourself, please do.  That will
     give you and us much more information on the problem.  Attaching a
     patch is even better.

     When you attach a patch, make the patch in unified diff format, and
     write ChangeLog entries.  But, even when you make a patch, don't
     forget to explain the problem, so that we can understand what your
     patch is for.

  7. Write down anything that you think might be related.  Please
     understand that we often need to reproduce the same problem you
     encountered in our environment.  So your information should be
     sufficient for us to do the same thing--Don't forget that we cannot
     see your computer directly.  If you are not sure whether to state a
     fact or leave it out, state it!  Reporting too many things is much
     better than omitting something important.

   If you follow the guideline above, submit a report to the Bug
Tracking System (http://savannah.gnu.org/bugs/?group=grub).
Alternatively, you can submit a report via electronic mail to
<bug-grub@gnu.org>, but we strongly recommend that you use the Bug
Tracking System, because e-mail can be passed over easily.

   Once we get your report, we will try to fix the bugs.


File: grub.info,  Node: Future,  Next: Copying This Manual,  Prev: Reporting bugs,  Up: Top

Appendix C Where GRUB will go
*****************************

GRUB 2 is now quite stable and used in many production systems.  We are
currently working towards a 2.0 release.

   If you are interested in the development of GRUB 2, take a look at
the homepage (http://www.gnu.org/software/grub/grub.html).


File: grub.info,  Node: Copying This Manual,  Next: Index,  Prev: Future,  Up: Top

Appendix D Copying This Manual
******************************

* Menu:

* GNU Free Documentation License::  License for copying this manual.


File: grub.info,  Node: GNU Free Documentation License,  Up: Copying This Manual

D.1 GNU Free Documentation License
==================================

                      Version 1.2, November 2002

     Copyright (C) 2000,2001,2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
     51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301, USA

     Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
     of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.

  0. PREAMBLE

     The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
     functional and useful document "free" in the sense of freedom: to
     assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it,
     with or without modifying it, either commercially or
     noncommercially.  Secondarily, this License preserves for the
     author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not
     being considered responsible for modifications made by others.

     This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
     works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.
     It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
     license designed for free software.

     We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for
     free software, because free software needs free documentation: a
     free program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms
     that the software does.  But this License is not limited to
     software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, regardless
     of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed book.  We
     recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is
     instruction or reference.

  1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS

     This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium,
     that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can
     be distributed under the terms of this License.  Such a notice
     grants a world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration,
     to use that work under the conditions stated herein.  The
     "Document", below, refers to any such manual or work.  Any member
     of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as "you".  You accept
     the license if you copy, modify or distribute the work in a way
     requiring permission under copyright law.

     A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
     Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
     modifications and/or translated into another language.

     A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section
     of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
     publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall
     subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could
     fall directly within that overall subject.  (Thus, if the Document
     is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not
     explain any mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of
     historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or
     of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position
     regarding them.

     The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose
     titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the
     notice that says that the Document is released under this License.
     If a section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it
     is not allowed to be designated as Invariant.  The Document may
     contain zero Invariant Sections.  If the Document does not identify
     any Invariant Sections then there are none.

     The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are
     listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice
     that says that the Document is released under this License.  A
     Front-Cover Text may be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may
     be at most 25 words.

     A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
     represented in a format whose specification is available to the
     general public, that is suitable for revising the document
     straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed
     of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely
     available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text
     formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of formats
     suitable for input to text formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise
     Transparent file format whose markup, or absence of markup, has
     been arranged to thwart or discourage subsequent modification by
     readers is not Transparent.  An image format is not Transparent if
     used for any substantial amount of text.  A copy that is not
     "Transparent" is called "Opaque".

     Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
     ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format,
     SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming
     simple HTML, PostScript or PDF designed for human modification.
     Examples of transparent image formats include PNG, XCF and JPG.
     Opaque formats include proprietary formats that can be read and
     edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which
     the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally available, and
     the machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF produced by some word
     processors for output purposes only.

     The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
     plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the
     material this License requires to appear in the title page.  For
     works in formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title
     Page" means the text near the most prominent appearance of the
     work's title, preceding the beginning of the body of the text.

     A section "Entitled XYZ" means a named subunit of the Document
     whose title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses
     following text that translates XYZ in another language.  (Here XYZ
     stands for a specific section name mentioned below, such as
     "Acknowledgements", "Dedications", "Endorsements", or "History".)
     To "Preserve the Title" of such a section when you modify the
     Document means that it remains a section "Entitled XYZ" according
     to this definition.

     The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice
     which states that this License applies to the Document.  These
     Warranty Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in
     this License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other
     implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and
     has no effect on the meaning of this License.

  2. VERBATIM COPYING

     You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
     commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
     copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License
     applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you
     add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You
     may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading
     or further copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However,
     you may accept compensation in exchange for copies.  If you
     distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the
     conditions in section 3.

     You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above,
     and you may publicly display copies.

  3. COPYING IN QUANTITY

     If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly
     have printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and
     the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must
     enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all
     these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and
     Back-Cover Texts on the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly
     and legibly identify you as the publisher of these copies.  The
     front cover must present the full title with all words of the title
     equally prominent and visible.  You may add other material on the
     covers in addition.  Copying with changes limited to the covers, as
     long as they preserve the title of the Document and satisfy these
     conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects.

     If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
     legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
     reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto
     adjacent pages.

     If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document
     numbering more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable
     Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with
     each Opaque copy a computer-network location from which the general
     network-using public has access to download using public-standard
     network protocols a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free
     of added material.  If you use the latter option, you must take
     reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque
     copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will
     remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one
     year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly or
     through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the public.

     It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of
     the Document well before redistributing any large number of copies,
     to give them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the
     Document.

  4. MODIFICATIONS

     You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document
     under the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you
     release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the
     Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing
     distribution and modification of the Modified Version to whoever
     possesses a copy of it.  In addition, you must do these things in
     the Modified Version:

       A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title
          distinct from that of the Document, and from those of previous
          versions (which should, if there were any, be listed in the
          History section of the Document).  You may use the same title
          as a previous version if the original publisher of that
          version gives permission.

       B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or
          entities responsible for authorship of the modifications in
          the Modified Version, together with at least five of the
          principal authors of the Document (all of its principal
          authors, if it has fewer than five), unless they release you
          from this requirement.

       C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
          Modified Version, as the publisher.

       D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.

       E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
          adjacent to the other copyright notices.

       F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license
          notice giving the public permission to use the Modified
          Version under the terms of this License, in the form shown in
          the Addendum below.

       G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant
          Sections and required Cover Texts given in the Document's
          license notice.

       H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.

       I. Preserve the section Entitled "History", Preserve its Title,
          and add to it an item stating at least the title, year, new
          authors, and publisher of the Modified Version as given on the
          Title Page.  If there is no section Entitled "History" in the
          Document, create one stating the title, year, authors, and
          publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add
          an item describing the Modified Version as stated in the
          previous sentence.

       J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document
          for public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and
          likewise the network locations given in the Document for
          previous versions it was based on.  These may be placed in the
          "History" section.  You may omit a network location for a work
          that was published at least four years before the Document
          itself, or if the original publisher of the version it refers
          to gives permission.

       K. For any section Entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
          Preserve the Title of the section, and preserve in the section
          all the substance and tone of each of the contributor
          acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein.

       L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered
          in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers or the
          equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.

       M. Delete any section Entitled "Endorsements".  Such a section
          may not be included in the Modified Version.

       N. Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled
          "Endorsements" or to conflict in title with any Invariant
          Section.

       O. Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers.

     If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
     appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no
     material copied from the Document, you may at your option designate
     some or all of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their
     titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's
     license notice.  These titles must be distinct from any other
     section titles.

     You may add a section Entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
     nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
     parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text
     has been approved by an organization as the authoritative
     definition of a standard.

     You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text,
     and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of
     the list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one passage
     of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
     through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the Document
     already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added
     by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on
     behalf of, you may not add another; but you may replace the old
     one, on explicit permission from the previous publisher that added
     the old one.

     The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this
     License give permission to use their names for publicity for or to
     assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version.

  5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS

     You may combine the Document with other documents released under
     this License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for
     modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all
     of the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents,
     unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your
     combined work in its license notice, and that you preserve all
     their Warranty Disclaimers.

     The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
     multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
     copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name
     but different contents, make the title of each such section unique
     by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the
     original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a
     unique number.  Make the same adjustment to the section titles in
     the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the
     combined work.

     In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled
     "History" in the various original documents, forming one section
     Entitled "History"; likewise combine any sections Entitled
     "Acknowledgements", and any sections Entitled "Dedications".  You
     must delete all sections Entitled "Endorsements."

  6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS

     You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other
     documents released under this License, and replace the individual
     copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy
     that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the
     rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents
     in all other respects.

     You may extract a single document from such a collection, and
     distribute it individually under this License, provided you insert
     a copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow this
     License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that
     document.

  7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS

     A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other
     separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a
     storage or distribution medium, is called an "aggregate" if the
     copyright resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the
     legal rights of the compilation's users beyond what the individual
     works permit.  When the Document is included in an aggregate, this
     License does not apply to the other works in the aggregate which
     are not themselves derivative works of the Document.

     If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
     copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half
     of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed
     on covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the
     electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic
     form.  Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket
     the whole aggregate.

  8. TRANSLATION

     Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
     distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section
     4.  Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
     permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
     translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
     original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
     translation of this License, and all the license notices in the
     Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also
     include the original English version of this License and the
     original versions of those notices and disclaimers.  In case of a
     disagreement between the translation and the original version of
     this License or a notice or disclaimer, the original version will
     prevail.

     If a section in the Document is Entitled "Acknowledgements",
     "Dedications", or "History", the requirement (section 4) to
     Preserve its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the
     actual title.

  9. TERMINATION

     You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document
     except as expressly provided for under this License.  Any other
     attempt to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is
     void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this
     License.  However, parties who have received copies, or rights,
     from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated
     so long as such parties remain in full compliance.

  10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE

     The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of
     the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
     versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
     differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.  See
     <http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/>.

     Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version
     number.  If the Document specifies that a particular numbered
     version of this License "or any later version" applies to it, you
     have the option of following the terms and conditions either of
     that specified version or of any later version that has been
     published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.  If the
     Document does not specify a version number of this License, you may
     choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free
     Software Foundation.

D.1.1 ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
----------------------------------------------------------

To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
the License in the document and put the following copyright and license
notices just after the title page:

       Copyright (C)  YEAR  YOUR NAME.
       Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
       under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
       or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
       with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover
       Texts.  A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
       Free Documentation License''.

   If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover
Texts, replace the "with...Texts."  line with this:

         with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with
         the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts
         being LIST.

   If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other
combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the
situation.

   If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free
software license, such as the GNU General Public License, to permit
their use in free software.